188
PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 1 11 Savski nasip Street, New Belgrade www.beoelektrane.rs Public Procurement No.: 137 ОР/19 TENDER DOCUMENTATION OPEN PROCEDURE Construction of Transport System for Transmission of Heat Energy from Facility for Combined Production of Heat and Power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik Designation from Common Procurement Vocabulary: 45232140 Total number of pages: 128 + drawings CHANGES No. 1 – published 17.07.2019. Editing is done in part: 1) TYPE, TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS, QUALITY, QUANTITY AND DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES, MANNER OF IMPLEMENTATION OF CONTROL AND SECURING GUARANTEE OF THE QUALITY, COMPLETION DEADLINE, PLACE OF EXECUTION OF SERVICES, No.10,11,16- 22,25,31,34-41,43,63-66; 2) INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS ON HOW TO PREPARE THE BID, No.93-95,98; 3) REFERENCE LIST (shall be deleted 9.а); Marked in red. PREVIOUSLY PUBLISHED TENDER DOCUMENTATION IS NO LONGER VALID! CHANGES No. 2 – published 19.07.2019. Editing is done in part: 1) INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS ON HOW TO PREPARE THE BID, No.93; Marked in red. Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    5

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 111 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Public Procurement No.: 137 ОР/19

TENDER DOCUMENTATIONOPEN PROCEDURE

Construction of Transport System for Transmission of Heat Energy from Facility for Combined Production of Heat and Power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Designation from Common Procurement Vocabulary: 45232140Total number of pages: 128 + drawings

CHANGES No. 1 – published 17.07.2019.

Editing is done in part:

1) TYPE, TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS, QUALITY, QUANTITY AND DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES, MANNER OF IMPLEMENTATION OF CONTROL AND SECURING GUARANTEE OF THE QUALITY, COMPLETION DEADLINE, PLACE OF EXECUTION OF SERVICES, No.10,11,16-22,25,31,34-41,43,63-66;

2) INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS ON HOW TO PREPARE THE BID, No.93-95,98;

3) REFERENCE LIST (shall be deleted 9.а);

Marked in red.

PREVIOUSLY PUBLISHED TENDER DOCUMENTATION IS NO LONGER VALID!

CHANGES No. 2 – published 19.07.2019.

Editing is done in part:

1) INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS ON HOW TO PREPARE THE BID, No.93;

Marked in red.

PREVIOUSLY PUBLISHED TENDER DOCUMENTATION IS NO LONGER VALID!

Bid Submission Deadline: July 30th 2019, until 9,00 hrs.Bids Opening Date: July 30th2019, in 10,00 hrs.

June, 2019

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 2: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 211 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Pursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the RoS”, No. 124/2012, 14/15 and 68/15, hereinafter referred to as: Law), and Article 2 of Ordinance on the Mandatory Elements of Tender Documentation in Public Procurement Procedures and the Manner of Proving Compliance with the Requirements (“Official Gazette of the RoS” No. 86/2015), Decision on Launching Public Procurement 137 ОР/19, No. VI-5055 dated on June 25 th 2019 and the Decision on the Appointment of the Committee for the Public Procurement 137 ОР/19, No. VI-5056 dated on June 25 th 2019 was prepared:

TENDER DOCUMENTATION

in an Open Procedure for Public Procurement – Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Public Procurement No 137 ОР/19

Content of Tender Documentation

Chapter Title of the Chapter Page1. FRONT PAGE2. CONTENT WITH INSTRUCTIONS3. PUC BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE 34. GENERAL INFORMATION ON PUBLIC PROCUREMENT 45. SUBJECT OF PUBLIC PROCUREMENT 5

6.

TYPE, TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS, QUALITY, QUANTITY AND DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES, MANNER OF IMPLEMENTATION OF CONTROL AND SECURING GUARANTEE OF THE QUALITY, COMPLETION DEADLINE, PLACE OF EXECUTION OF SERVICES (Form 1)

6

7. TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION AND DRAWINGS (Form 2) 92

8.

ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR PARTICIPATION IN THE PUBLIC PROCUREMENT PROCEDURE UNDER THE ARTICLE 75 AND 76 OF THE LAW, AND INSTRUCTIONS ON HOW TO PROVE FULFILMENT OF THESE REQUIREMENTS

93

9. INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS ON HOW TO PREPARE THE BID 10110. BID FORM (Form 3) 11011. MODEL CONTRACT (Form 4) 11412. PRICE BREAKDOWN FORM WITH INSTRUCTIONS ON HOW TO FILL IN (Form 5) 12213. FORM OF BID PREPARATION COSTS (Form 6) 12314. STATEMENT ON INDEPENDENT BID (Form 7) 124

15.STATEMENT ON CONFORMITY WITH ARTICLE 75, PARAGRAPH 2 OF THE LAW (Form 8)

125

16. REFERENCE LIST (Forms 9, 9a) 12617. MANUFACTURER’S AUTHORIZATION FORM (Attachment 1) 128

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 3: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 311 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

PUC BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE

The forerunner of today’s PUC “Beogradske elektrane” was the First Power Plant at Dorcol, commissioned on 6th of October, 1893.

Today’s company “Beogradske elektrane” was built in 1966 by merging Generation Plant Novi Beograd and Old Power Plant at Dunavski kej.

On December 21st 1989, the Belgrade City Council (as Founder) brought the Decision on Establishing Working Organization “Beogradske elektrane” as a Public Utility Company.

In the Republic of Serbia, within the process of harmonization with EU standards and standards of European Statistical System, the Classification of Activities has been adopted. On the basis of the Law on Classification of Activities (“Official Gazette of RoS”, No. 104/09), the Government of the Republic of Serbia by the Decree of July 29th 2010 (“Official Gazette of RoS”, No. 54/10) set out the CA (2010).

PUC “Beogradske elektrane” are classified as:

Sector D – Electricity, Gas and Steam SupplyField 35 – Electricity, Gas and Steam SupplyBranch 35.3 – Steam and Air Conditioning SupplyGroup 35.30 – Steam and Air Conditioning Supply

Beogradske elektrane produces heat energy in the 60 Heating Sources with the total installed capacity of 2868 MW supplying installed demand of 3283 MW, the total heating network is 710 km long with more than 8300 substations.

District Heating System includes 14 generation plants and 24 individual and block boilers.

Beogradske elektrane supplies heat to about 300.000 apartments with total area of 17.259.075 m2 and office space of approximately 4.277.500 conditional m2, which gives a total demand of about 21.636.575 conditional m2.

The Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the RoS” No. 124/13) arranged conditions, manner and procedure for procurement of goods, services and works. As of January 1st, 2003, PUC “Beogradske elektrane” is carrying out procurement in accordance with the provisions of the Law on Public Procurement.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 4: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 411 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

GENERAL INFORMATION ON PUBLIC PROCUREMENT

1. Employer (Contracting Authority) DataEmployer: Public Utility Company “Beogradske elektrane”Address: Savski nasip 11, 11070 Novi BeogradWeb page: www.beoelektrane.rs

2. Type of Public Procurement ProcedureRespective Public Procurement is conducted in an Open Procedure in accordance with the Law and Regulations governing Public Procurements.

3. Subject of Public ProcurementSubject of Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 is the procurement of Works - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik.

4. Subject of the Procurement ProcedurePublic Procurement Procedure is carried out in order to conclude the Public Procurement Contract.

5. Contact Person and DepartmentContact person: Spomenka Bektaš, Public Procurement Department, phone: +381 11 2093-255E-mail address: [email protected]

The receipt of e-mails is done on weekdays (Monday-Friday) during working hours of the Employer from 07: 00-15: 00 hrs. All documentation sent after working hours of the Employer by fax and e-mail shall be deemed to have been received on the first subsequent working day of the Employer.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 5: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 511 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

SUBJECT OF PUBLIC PROCUREMENT

Subject of Public Procurement

The Subject of Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 is the procurement of Works:

- Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik.

- Designation from Common Procurement Vocabulary: 45232140 – District-Heating Mains Construction Work.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 6: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 611 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

FORM 1

TYPE, TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS, QUALITY, QUANTITY AND DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES, MANNER OF IMPLEMENTATION OF CONTROL AND SECURING GUARANTEE OF THE QUALITY, COMPLETION DEADLINE,

PLACE OF WORKS EXECUTION

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONTERMS OF REFERENCES AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

THE SUBJECT OF THE TENDER DOCUMENTATION IS:

1. DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL DOCUMENTS FULLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW ON PLANNING AND CONSTRUCTION, IMPORTANT BYLAWS WITH OBTAINING APPROVALS AND BUILDING PERMIT, CONSENT OF THE MINISTRY OF INTERIOR AND OTHER COMPLIANCES AND DECISIONS NECESSARY FOR WORKS

2. CONSTRUCTION OF FACILITY WITH OBTAINING USAGE PERMIT

INTEGRAL PART TENDER DOCUMENTATION ARE TERMS OF REFERENCES FOR:

1. Pump and heat exchanger station PPSI-1 “Konjarnik”2. Pump station PPS-2 “Vinca”3. DH pipeline from Waste Incinerator Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

BACKGROUND FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION:

1. Terms of references2. Planning documentation 3. Principal layout of operationAll the missing background the Bidder provides himself at his own expense.

This tender documentation was developed with the aim of publishing the Tender, on the basis of which the Bidder will offer in accordance with the "turnkey" principle development of technical documentation, procurement of equipment and execution of all construction works.

Adopted Technical solution for the transport of heat energy between the producer – Waste Incinerator Vinca and consumer - Heating Plant Konjarnik – foresees the construction of:

1. Pump station “Vinca”2. Transport DH pipeline Vinca– Heating Plant Konjarnik in size of DN600 PN25. 3. Pump – heat exchanger station Konjarnik.

Design-technical documentation, according to its content and scope, should enable the procurement of all necessary equipment as well as the execution of all works on the construction of pump station PPIS-1 “Konjarnik”, pump station PPS-2 “Vinca” and DH pipeline for the transport of heat energy that connects them, as well as obtaining all other approvals and permits, commissioning and usage permit for the entire system.

Below are given terms of references for the pump- heat exchanger station “Konjarnik”, the pump station “Vinca” and DH transport pipeline Vinca – Heating Plant Konjarnik.

Terms of References are given separately by facilities, but together they form the whole system for the transport of heat energy to end users - customers in the heating area of Heating Plant “Konjarnik”.

For this reason, descriptions regarding measurement and control are repeated because they constitute a single entity, and the difference will be in the specification of the equipment defined by the design boundaries in each ToR separately.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 7: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 711 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

When preparing the Bid the Bidder should consider the scope of the project documentation on the basis of the ToRs as well as the Law on Planning and Construction and other bylaws, and to review the scope of works on the basis of the proposed principal layout and visit the site for the construction of the facilities and the route of the DH pipeline “Vinca – Konjarnik”.

TERMS OF REFERENCES FOR DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION FOR THE PROCUREMENT OF EQUIPMENT AND CONDUCTING WORKS ON CONSTRUCTION OF PUMP – HEAT EXCHANGER STATION (PPIS-1) KONJARNIK

(Turnkey)

Employer: PUC “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE”

Name and type of facility: PUMP STSTION KONJARNIK “PPSI-1”

1. INTRODUCTION

This ToR defines all project parameters for the development of technical documentation and for the selection of main equipment and the development of complete specifications of materials and equipment as well as all the works on the construction of PPIS-1 Konjarnik. The project documentation should enable the issuance of all permits, the commissioning of the facility and the exploitation of PPIS-1 “Konjarnik”. When selecting equipment, designers must comply with as all built designs on Heating Plant Konjarnik. All equipment that is defined for procurement in the project technical documentation must be in compliance with the requirements and conditions of Beoagradske elektrane and equipment that is in operation at the Heating Plant Konjarnik.

Project documentation shall be developed in accordance with the planning document – General Regulatory Plan for the Construction of Facilities and lines of the District Heating Systems - Phase I and stage I - unity A2 (published in "Official Gazette of the City of Belgrade" No. 31/15 and the requirements of this ToR.

Main system parameters:- the guaranteed amount of heat that can be produced and taken off from the Waste Incinerator “Vinca

Beocista energija” amounts 56,5 MWt.- main DH pipeline (transport pipeline) for the transfer of heat energy from the combined heat and

power generation plant to the Heating Plant Konjarnik is of diameter DN600 PN25- temperature regime of the main DH pipeline t1/t2 = 102 / 60 0C- the length of the main DH pipeline is cca 9500 m- on the main DH pipeline, two pump stations connected in serial are envisaged, one at the boundary of

the Waste incinerator Vinca complex (PPS - 2) and the second in the Heating Plant Konjarnik in the Pump- heat exchange station (PPIS - 1) Konjarnik

- the period of operation of the district heating system is a heating season of approximately 6 months, depending on the needs for heat energy.

The PPP (public-private partnership) contract between the City of Belgrade and the “Beocista energija” foresees the take-off of a certain amount of heat only during heating season.

For the transport of heat energy between the producer – Waste incineration facility Vinca and the users - the heat consumer Heating Plant Konjarnik, it is planned to build:

1. Facility for combined energy production in the Vinca sanitary landfill complex and with the output for measuring the delivered heat energy;

2. Pump – heat exchanger station Konjarnik with heat capacity of 55 MWt min. ÷ 80 MWt max. heat energy;

3. Pump station “Vinca” with heat capacity of 55 MWt min. ÷ 80 MWt max. heat energy;

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 8: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 811 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

4. DH transport pipeline Vinca – heating Plant Konjarnik DN600 PN25 which enables the transfer of heat produced in the sanitary landfill Vinca to the heating Plant Konjarnik, that is, through the existing distribution network, from the Heating Plant Konjarnik to all consumers connected to the existing heating network of the heating area Konjarnik.

The pump- heat exchanger station “Konjarnik” whose construction is planned to be built in the complex “Konjarnik”, should enable the take-off of planned heat energy produced in the sanitary landfill “Vinca” by planned DH pipeline and its delivery to the existing heating area of heating Plant Konjarnik.

For the installation of the necessary equipment shall be foreseen an independent building with annex for placement of the expansion vessels. The proposed location of the building is in the free space from the west side of the complex i.e. after the existing gas pipeline (which is to be displaced in accordance with the design) in the green belt towards the fence of the complex. The dimensions of the building are limited by a safety distance from the gas pipeline and the construction line, which is 5 m from the boundary of the complex. It is also necessary to take into account that the facility, due to the high degree of de-levelling and the drainage system that has been built on the slope, does not exceed 10 m. (design shall also envisage the rehabilitation of the drainage system).

The installation of the following equipment is foreseen within the building of the pump – heat exchanger station:

- circulation pumps with el. motor- pressure holding pumps with el. motor - heat exchanger water/water type with heat capacity of 2 x 40 МW- steel platform for placement of heat exchanger - expansion vessels - vertical cylindrical volumes of 3 x 100 m3

- coarse filters for filtering water from the main pipeline- auxiliary sealing, measuring regulating and safety fittings, pipelines, supports and hangers- transformer stations, el. equipment, distribution boxes, frequency controllers and others el.

equipment

PPIS Konjarnik pumps return water through a DH pipeline i.e. DH transport pipeline to the waste incineration facility - (to the energy part of the incinerator). The DH pipeline is planned of DN600, PN25 in the length of the route of ≈ 9500 m.

Within the Heating Plant Konjarnik complex through the pump – heat exchanger station Konjarnik (PPIS-1), the heat produced in the Vinca Sanitary Landfill is delivered to the secondary network, that is, the existing distribution district heating system to which heat consumers are connected in the heating area of Heating Plant Konjarnik.

The subject of this ToR is the development of project-technical documentation for the construction, procurement of materials and necessary equipment, as well as the execution of all necessary construction works:

- pump – heat exchanger station PPIS 1 Konjarnik within the complex of the heating plant on the free areas that are intended for this purpose and by the planning documents.

The scope and content of the projects should be done in accordance with the Law on Planning and Construction (Official Gazette of RS, No. 72/09, 81/09-correction, 64/10 Decision of Constitutional Court, 24/11 and 121/12, 42/13- Decision of Constitutional Court, 50/2013-Decision of Constitutional Court 98/2013- Decision of Constitutional Court, 132/14, 145/2014-72, 83/2018-18, 31/2019-9 and 37/2019-3) and Rulebook on content, manner and the procedure of drafting and method of control the technical documentation according to the class and purpose of the facility, as well as the applicable Regulations and other by-laws, standards and regulations.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 9: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 911 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

The project documentation shall be done to the extent that enables the obtaining of location conditions, all permits and approvals, contracting the subject equipment and works, as well as the execution of all works at the PPIS-1 pump- heat exchanger station “Konjarnik” and the issuance of all permits for commissioning and operation. The project requirements define the scope of design (given below), while the scope of the project documentation is defined by the Planning and Construction Law as well as the accompanying bylaws.

In all phases of design (development of designs – Conceptual design, Design for obtaining building permit, Preliminary design for DH pipeline and design for execution of works and all necessary Studies and Elaborates, designers should obtain consent to the project technical documentation from the expert team of PUC “Beogradske elektrane” which will monitor the implementation of the project.

Only after that, the adopted designs and technical solution are submitted for obtaining consent and permits through the central records of the consolidated procedure.

Expert team PUC BE has to approve the selection of the designing company that will perform technical control of designs for obtaining a building permit.

The contractor must obtain the consent of the Employer before ordering all the specified equipment that will be defined by the project-technical documentation.

The Employer will monitor the development of project documentation and the construction of the facility PPIS-1 “Konjarnik” in all phases until the completion of works, commissioning and obtaining a usage permit.

2. OBJECTIVES AND PURPOSE OF PROJECT DEVELOPMENT

Within the framework of its ecological development projects, the City of Belgrade has concluded PPP contract with the private partner for waste treatment at the existing sanitary landfill in Vinca. As part of the activities in the waste treatment, the private partner anticipates the construction of facility for combined production of heat and power CHP. For these needs of the purchase of produced heat, the development of the necessary urban planning documents has started, which should enable realization according to the PPP.

Together with the development of urban planning documents, the technical documentation is prepared and developed, which by its scope and contents should enable the obtaining of location conditions, building permits and the execution of the work of the system for the transport of heat from the sanitary landfill Vinca to the Heating Plant Konjarnik.

The technical and technological solution obtained by the equipment supplier and the contractor in the complex of the sanitary landfill Vinca foresees a cogeneration plant for the production of heat and power.

Electricity will be supplied to the power grid, and the heat will be delivered through the planned DH pipeline, the pump station PPS-2 and pump- heat exchanger station PPIS-1 “Konjarnik” to the existing consumers of heating energy of the heating area of Heating Plant Konjarnik through the existing distribution district heating system of the heating plant.

The subject of this Tender is the production of technical documentation, the delivery of materials and equipment, and the execution of works for the construction of PPIS-1 “Konjarnik” – pump heat exchanger station Konjarnik.

The elevation difference between the location of the incineration facility Vinca and the Heating Plant Konjarnik complex is approximately 39.1 m (elevation at the border of the complex for the construction of the incineration facility amounts to “Vinca” +229.10 m while the altitude in the complex of Heating Plant Konjarnik is 190 m). The route of the newly constructed main DH pipeline is 9.5 km long and its volume is about 5000 m3.

The planned transport capacity of the new main DH pipeline is 1100-1400 m 3 / h or from 56,5 MWt to max. 80 MWt in designed regime 102/60 oC.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 10: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 1011 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Transport of hot water through a DH pipeline will be enabled by pump station “Konjarnik” and “Vinca”, i.e. PPIS-1 and PPS-2.

In the complex of the Heating Plant “Konjarnik” in the free space shall be situated building of PPIS-1 pump station “Konjarnik”. The facility should include circulation pumps, heat exchangers, filter, collectors and water distributors, electrical equipment and measuring and control equipment, as well as pressure holding system for 3 (three) expansion vessels of 100 m3 each. The expansion vessels shall be situated next to the facility, and next to them drainage pit shall be foreseen.

Proposed location of PPIS “Konjarnik” is place between the existing gas pipeline and the fence of the complex on the west side of the complex toward the premises of the company “Мitcubishi”. Proposed route of the supply and return pipeline for connecting the PPIS-1 “Konjarnik” with the circulation system of Heating Plant Konjarnik is the space between the boilers HOB-2 and HOB-3. Pipelines shall be connected to the discharge collector (header) of the network circulation pumps H4 - DN1200 and outgoing (supply) main pipeline distributor H2 - DN1200 or through the pipeline Cv-20 - Ø711,2 x 12). The project shall provide calculation and reconstruct the part of the circulation system that will accept the additional quantity of hot water from PPIS-1 “Konjarnik”.

The circulation pumps in PPIS “Konjarnik” are sized so that they can overcome the resistance through the heat exchangers, the filter and the pressure drop through the part of the main DH pipeline.

In the conceptual design the designer should check the possibility of placing the PPIS-1 at the subject location or other location that meets all the conditions and safety distances prescribed for this type of facilities, in relation to the existing situation in the complex of Heating Plant Konjarnik (i.e. the layout of the buildings as well as the underground and above ground installations).

This ToR only deals with the construction of a pump – heat exchanger station in the Heating Plant “Konjarnik”, its connection to the technological unity of the heat energy transport system “VINCA-Heating Plant Konjarnik” and the existing circulation system of the distribution network of the Heating Plant “Konjarnik”.

3. PUMP- HEAT EXCHANGER STATION "KONJARNIK"

3.1. Boundaries and scope of design (for the execution of all construction works)

a) Facility PPIS-1b) For the transport system:

– From the entry of the newly designed main DH pipeline DN600 into the complex of Heating Plant “Konjarnik” to the station building facility and inside the station, including the connection with the heat exchangers (primary circuits) the pumps, according to the proposed technological scheme of the plant (attached).

– from the pump – heat exchanger station - from the heat exchanger (secondary circuit) to the main building of the heating plant or circulation system of the secondary circuit (circulation system of the distribution DH network)

c) For water treatmentFrom the connection to the water supply network (within the existing chemical water treatment facility) to the new chemical water treatment facility and the deoxigenization of the water supply system further to the expansion vessels and the pressure holding system within the pump- heat exchanger station.

d) for power supplyThe design boundary for the connection of PPIS-1 to the Heating Plant Konjarnik is the outgoing cubicle of 6 kV in the TS 35/6 kV (PPIS-1 is supplied with two cables which are 100% reserve (back up) one to another, from the existing outgoing cubicles 6kV in the transformer station 35/6 kV / kV, 2x8MVA in Heating Plant Konjarnik.)

e) for measuring and control devices

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 11: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 1111 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

From the building of PPIS-1 Konjarnik to the Control room and inside it all according to the mechanical-technological design.

f) For gas pipeline-gas ramp:Displacement of the existing gas ramp shall be foreseen. Displacement is to be made due to the access to the newly-constructed facility PPIS-1 Konarnik and maintenance of the planned installations. The proposal is to move the gas pipeline to the outer wall of the PPIS-1 facility. Provide access to the pipeline for its maintenance (platforms, climbers, etc.).

g) for hydraulic installations - drainage system for drainage water for protection against the landslidesh) optical cable

Perform the connection of PPIS-1 with optical cable (from the point of entry of the DH pipeline, i.e., the optical cable to the complex of Heating Plant “Konjarnik”), which is foreseen along the route of the DH pipeline with the control room and installations within the complex of Heating Plant “Konjarnik”.

i) ventilation, heating and cooling of rooms in accordance with the requirements of mechanical, technological and electrical design

3.2. General requirements

Pump – heat exchanger station “Konjarnik” is designed for capacity of max. 1500 m3/h.

Operation of PPIS-1 "Konjarnik", the new PPS "VINCA" and the transport DH pipeline that connects them should be completely automated and coupled with the work of the Heating Plant “Konjarnik”.

Provide automatic control of PPIS “Konjarnik” i.e. extension and upgrading of existing SCADA in Heating Plant Konjarnik from which will be controlled PPIS “Konjarnik” and PPS-2 “Vinca”.

Remote controls from TO "Konjarnik" shall be performed for switching on, operating and switching off the pump- heat exchanger station, the distribution facility and circulation pump stations.

The design shall envisage the construction of a building structure of approximate dimensions of 16 x 10 m, height of 10 m for the accommodation of mechanical equipment of heat exchanger, circulation pumps (operating + spare), filters (strainers)of main DH pipeline. Inside the building, provide a room for the accommodation of a transformer, that is, electrical equipment and measuring and control devices equipment. In the continuation of the building, anticipate a room for the accommodation of pressure holding pumps. In the free space near the building, it is planned to install three expansion vessels of 100 m 3

and a cooling pit. Put the expansion vessels - protect them, in the building of required dimensions and height of approximately 5,5 m and connect it to the pump station building.

Connect the whole facility to the existing wastewater and technological water system and at the connection point predict the water meter for measuring the quantity of wastewater in accordance with the current regulations of the RS.

Heat exchangers with a capacity of 2 x 40 MW should be placed in the PPIS-1 facility on a steel platform and connected with means of pipeline and fittings to the circulation system of transport DH pipeline on one side, that is, with the distribution heating system of Heating Plant Konjarnik on the other side. All equipment within the pump- heat exchanger station must be positioned so that it is easy to access for handling and maintenance.

When entering the pump station, provide the filter housing chamber (to provide easy access for operation and cleaning of the filters on the return line of the DH pipeline) and the bypass line for separating and commissioning of the pump station.

3.3. Requirements regarding equipment, fittings and pipelines in the pump station

EQUIPMENT

The design shall envisage the installation of the following equipment and devices:

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 12: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 1211 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

• Installation of two centrifugal single-stage circulation pumps (one working and one spare) of the following characteristic:

Flow 1100 ÷ 1250 ÷ 1400 m3 / hHead 52,8 – 50 – 46,8 mRated pressure on the suction and discharge side PN25Maximum water temperature 110 0СEl. motor power 250 kWRpm 1492 rpm/minVoltage 400 V

Regulation of flow and head by changing the rpm. Locate the pumps on floating foundations according to the conditions of the supplier.

- plate heat exchangers with a capacity of 2 x 40 MW of the following characteristic:- heat capacity 40 МW

primary circle - hot water- flow 600÷800 m3/h- water temperature 102/60 0С- pressure (operating) 12 bar- nominal pressure PN25

secondary circuit - warm water- flow 800 ÷ 900 m3/h- temp. inlet/outlet – (40-45) / (90-95) 0C- pressure (operating) 15 bar- pressure drop per heat exchanger

∆p prim ≅ 1,0 bar∆p sec ≅ 0,7 – 0,9 bar

- nominal pressure PN25

• Installation of three expansion vessels of vertical type, with following technical characteristics:- volume 100 m3

- diameter 3000 mm- overall height ≅ 15500 mm

• Installation of water treatment facility - fully automatic facility for chemical treatment of water and membrane water de-oxidation or vacuum de-aeration for the needs of filling and refilling DH pipeline. The facility consists of:

- facility for chemical water treatment of capacity 30 m3/h)- facility for membrane or vacuum de-aeration of treated water of capacity 15 m3/h- nitrogen production facility (for the needs of de-oxidation of the supply water as well as for the

maintenance of nitrogen or steam cushions in all expansion vessels)

Proposal of the location for the installation of water treatment facility - place the facility in the building of a steam boiler room in a free space or in a new building. Connect the newly constructed facility with means of pipelines with existing water treatment facility and expansion vessels as well as with newly designed expansion vessels (3x100 m3) planned for the needs of the main DH pipeline Vinca – heating Plant Konjarnik.

• Installation of a pressure holding facility in a transport DH pipeline. Provide a facility consisting of pressure holding pumps and safety relief valves. The technical characteristics of the pressure holding

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 13: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 1311 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

pump should be based on the analysis of the operation of the transport DH pipeline, Heating Plant Konjarnik and the facility in the sanitary landfill Vinca as follows:

- At the commissioning stage (heating and cooling of the system as well as in the stationary operation of the transport system)

- At the phase of filling the system and occasionally when refilling the DH pipeline (after having intervention on a DH pipeline).

• On the discharge line of the pumps (circulation and pressure holding pumps) install check valves.• In front of and after each pump, install ball valves with el. motor, with mechanical and electronic

position indicators.• Install the filters on the common suction line of the circulation pumps. In front of the filters, install ball

valve with reduced cross-section, with el. motor and with mechanical and electronic position indicators.

• Install the flow meter on the transport supply and return line of the DH pipeline. Measuring of the flow shall be done with the orifice plate.

• In all necessary places, locally and remotely measure temperatures and pressures.

Fittings

1. General

All fittings should be designed for PN25 and temperature of 120 0C.Provide shut off valves that are suitable for mounting in any position.Provide shut off valves with mechanical and electronic position indicators.

2. Check valves

Foresee check valves that provide maximum reliability in operation.Pipelines and collectors (headers)1. Pipelines and collectorsPipelines and collectors shall be sized in accordance with following:• designed operation regime of pump station for flow of 1500 m3/h,• manufacturing requirements for the installation of pumps and other equipment,• recommended flow rates,• connection pipelines, from the main pipeline to the pump station, to be of pre-insulated type,• for bends, reducers and "T" pieces, anticipate prefabricated elements.

2. Insulation

Insulation thickness shall be determined by applying the economic criteria as well.

3. Anti-corrosion protection

The project shall foresee the technology of anticorrosion protection of surfaces of all newly designed pipelines and fittings.Equipment layoutPump aggregates and accessories should be installed in a way that allows easy manipulation in handling and maintenance.The Contractor must obtain the Employer’s approval on the specification of equipment and fittings that will be defined by the project technical documentation. The selected equipment and fittings must be compatible with the existing equipment and fittings already installed in the system of PUC BE and must meet the technological requirements defined by this Terms of Reference and project - technical documentation.

3.4 Requirements regarding the operation of the pump heat exchanger stationPublic Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for

combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 14: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 1411 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

The operation of the pump station is controlled remotely from the Control room in the Heating Plant “Konjarnik”. The pump station shall work automatically without a crew.

The pump in the pump station “Konjarnik” pumps water through the primary part of the heat exchanger and the main DH pipeline to the pump station “Vinca”. The transport DH pipeline is designed for the regime 102/60 0C and flow of 1100÷1400 m3/h.

The heat exchangers shall be placed on the secondary side of the pump heat exchanger station and connected through the connection pipes to the circulation system of the Heating Plant Konjarnik and the water is pumped through the circulation pumps of the network to heat consumers operating in the regime 120/65 OC at tsp = -12,1 0C. In the Heating Plant Konjarnik, six (6) circulation pumps connected in parallel are installed, which with their capacity meet the installed capacity of consumers of 350 MWt, as are the current needs of the consumers.

The project defines the operation of PPIS-1 and PPS-2 and their start-up - normal operation and shutdown of the system. Within the technological project shall be defined way of operation of the Heating Plant Konjarnik - i.e. the need for inclusion of individual boilers, their distribution as well as the way of operation as a base heat source - heat from the transport system produced in the facility in the sanitary landfill Vinca and existing boilers in Heating Plant Konjarnik.

PPIS-1 pump – heat exchanger station “Konjarnik” should work in synchronisation with pump station PPS-2. Separate mechanical-technological project shall define the technology of work of PPIS-1, PPS-2 and the complete system including the operation of the Heating Plant Konjarnik.

3.5. Noise

The projects will process, anticipate all the necessary works and materials and implement a technical and technological solution that meets the requirements (noise limit values), which are prescribed by the “Regulation on noise indicators, limit values, methods for assessing noise, disturbance and harmful effects of noise in the environment” published in (“Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia” No. 75/2010) and other applicable regulations and standards in this field.

4. ARCHITECTURAL – CIVIL ENGINEERING DESIGN

4.1. Pump Heat Exchange Station “Konjarnik”

Design shall foresee:- development of Geotechnical documentation- development of the necessary Study for sound protection for the object concerned- materialization and position of the building in relation to the adjacent buildings shall meet the

requirements of fire protection- harmonization of materialization and external form of the building with architectural requirements of

the surroundings- to provide access to the building taking into account the necessary distance from the adjacent

buildings and the necessary geometry of the traffic routes for the successful manoeuvring of the vehicles

- the facility should meet the conditions of stability, reliability and durability according to the applicable rules of the profession

- provide the foundations and supports for all the necessary equipment that shall be installed- develop designs

• architecture design• construction design • hydro-technical installations design

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 15: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 1511 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

• traffic and traffic signalization design• preparatory works design• landscaping design

The orientation and dimensions of the building (approx. 25x15m) are given in the drawing - (plan is attached).

The location conditioned by planning documents is to be elaborated: the building's dimensions are conditioned by planning documentation, safety distances from the existing measuring and control system, as construction lines (5m from the fence), as well as location conditions and equipment size.

For the installation of the necessary equipment, there is a separate construction facility in dimensions 16 x 12 m, height 10 m with annex for the expansion vessels in dimension 15 x 6 m and a height of approx. 5,5 m.

The width of the building is limited because there is a big difference in the height between the terrain at the gas pipeline and the fence of the complex. Also, drainage channels are constructed here in order to channel the drainage of water that flows down the slope from adjacent buildings to the building in the complex of Heating Plant Konjarnik. The project shall envisage the rehabilitation and reconstruction of the drainage system.

The boundaries of the projects listed here are required to be approved by a team appointed by the Employer and a Minutes on their adoption will be drawn up.

The design should anticipate and process the displacement of all existing infrastructure lines as planned by planning documentation and location conditions.

Coordinate designs of all installations with architectural and construction part.

Adhere to the design and implementation of all applicable national laws and regulations in the field of civil engineering.

All architectural construction works shall be carried out in accordance with the project documentation (construction permit).

5. PROJECT DOCUMENTATION AND DOCUMENTATION FOR EXECUTION OF ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS

5.1. Pump – heat exchanger station “Konjarnik”

GENERAL CONDITIONS

When designing project documentation, selecting equipment and performing works, the Contractor / Designer is obliged to ensure that the equipment to be selected, according to its technical characteristics, is compatible with the already installed equipment in the Heating Plant Konjarnik. For the purpose of more efficient regular and corrective maintenance, it is necessary to provide unification with the existing equipment. Existing equipment that was installed is produced by the following manufacturers: transformers “Etra” Ljubljana and “Minel” Belgrade, facility 6 kV “Schneider Electric”, facility 0,4 kV Schneider Electric and Siemens, frequency controllers "Vacon", SCADA for electro-energetics “Siemens”. The obligation of the designer / Contractor is to coordinate with the responsible person of the Employer all the equipment in the form of a written approval - a submission for approval for the procurement of equipment.

TASK OF THE DESIGNER

The designer is obliged to prepare complete technical documentation in all phases of the project realization (from the conceptual design to the as built design and all documentation for obtaining a usage permit) according to the Rulebook on the content, method and procedure of preparation and method of controlling

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 16: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 1611 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

technical documentation according to the class and purpose of the facility (Official Gazette of RS No. 23/215 and 77/215).

When designing the project documentation, the designer is obliged to use the background data (underlays) from the Detailed Regulation Plan No. 29 of May 16 th 2019, as well as the General Regulation Plan No. 31 of June 9th 2015.

The project shall include the connection of the transformer station within the PPIS-1 from the transformer station 35/6 kV / kV, 2x8MVA in Heating Plant Konjarnik, transformer station 6 / 0.4kV / kV, switchgear 0.4kV, frequency controllers, SCADA control and control system for electricity by protocol IEC 61850, installation of el. motors, installation of sockets and lighting, lightning rod installation and ground installation.

SUBJECT OF THE DESIGN AND EXECUTION OF WORKS

The building of the pump station is free-standing, specially built and has complete mechanical-technological equipment and associated electrical equipment. Within the construction facility, provide special rooms (transformer boxes) for the accommodation of 2 (two) oil transformers that must be connected to an oil pit of the appropriate capacity. The 0.4 kV switch gear and frequency controllers should be located in a separate room that must meet the temperature conditions for the smooth operation of electrical equipment that normally dissipates a certain amount of heat in the normal operation (solved through a ventilation design within a mechanical design).

Purpose of the building

Newly implemented electric facilities are intended for power supply to technological consumers and consumers of general purpose in the pump – heat exchanger station “Konjarnik”.

Scope of the design

The design includes the following electro installations:• Power cables 6 kV,• Switch gear 6 kV,• Switch gear 0,4 kV,• Energy transformers 6/0,4 kV,• Compensation of reactive energy (if necessary),• SCADA Control and Management System (for power engineering)• Power and command signal cables,• Auxiliary power supply (inverter with integrated AKU batteries), auxiliary voltage distribution DC and

AC,• System of electrical protection and management of existing electrical consumers, • Ventilation, heating and air conditioning of electrical equipment,• Lighting, • Lightning and grounding installation,• Fire alarm for the accommodation of equipment and • Diesel electric generator (if needed).

DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

General requirements

When designing the project take into account the provisions of the Law on Planning and Construction and the provisions of the latest valid technical SRPS and IEC regulations and standards as well as the unification of equipment in PUC BE.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 17: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 1711 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

The location/premises for the accommodation of newly designed electrical power equipment (transformers, switch gear, el. motors) are to be determined through architectural and construction designs, that is, design solution. All equipment must fit into construction -architectural and machine-technological solution.

Provide modern solutions and equipment, which are tested in practice.

Power cable

Develop a design for supplying the pump station with power via cable and carry out the works, from the connection point to the 6kV facility and (six kV one) in the 6kV switch gear facility and to the transformer station in the pump – heat exchanger station.

The design identifies the type, type and cross section of the power cable.

The design shall determine the cable route. Develop a construction design for laying the cable on a given route.

The design resolves the connection of the cable at both ends.

Rated voltage: 6 kV, 50 HzMaximum operating voltage: 12 kVIndicative length of the route: 150 m

Switch gear 6 kV

Switch gear 6 kV includes 5 cubicles (two feeding, two transformers and one measuring-connection cubicle), which are equipped with vacuum pull-out switches.

All cubicles are equipped with microprocessor protection and control devices which, in addition to the plant protection function, have both signalling and control functions. Cubicles must be equipped with communication equipment to enable SCADA monitoring and control via a communication protocol IEC 61850.

Protective relays are equipped with a standard set of protective functions for the specified power and voltage level of transformer and equipment.

Power transformers

It is necessary to choose oil-filled transformers for power supply of new 0.4 kV switch gear system. Transformers have a nominal voltage of 6 / 0.4 kV, 50 Hz, control, primary side regulation ± 2x5%. The required transformer power is calculated according to the needs of the supplied technology consumers and non-technological consumers, types of drives and short-circuit currents.

Main switch gear 0,4 kV

The switch gear consists of 2 (two) transformer fields, a connection field and a certain number of fields for electric motors, a certain number of fields for powering the cabinets of non-technological consumers and a certain number of spare terminal.

When designing a new switch gear system, the following requirements must be met:• The switch gear should be of a modular type and have a minimum degree of mechanical protection

IP21,• The project solution should provide reliable and modern switching and protective equipment

(withdrawable circuit breakers),• Electric motors shall have a switch with integrated microprocessor protection,

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 18: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 1811 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

• The transformer and coupling switches must have the following minimum protection functions: short-circuit, overload and earth fault. The switches must be equipped with communication equipment that will allow monitoring and control of the SCADA system via communication protocol IEC 61850.

• Provide terminals for non-technological consumers (up to 100A withdrawable switches for other consumers of motor-protective switches),

• Foresee the measurement of current through measuring current transformers,• In terms of control of the technology consumers adopt the concept: Local –са RP 0,4 kV; Remote -

from Control room in Heating Plant Konjarnik. Do not foresee the possibility of starting from the process.Foresee for the electric motor in the process “ALL STOP” emergency shut-off.

Electro-motors of technological consumers in a pump heat exchanger station

For the needs of the pump heat exchanger station technology, the procurement and installation of 2 (two) circulation pumps (one working and one spare) is foreseen and for the maintenance of pressure in the system it is foreseen to purchase and install a sufficient number of pressure holding pumps.

The indicated power and number of pump aggregates is defined by a technological-mechanical design. If the technological needs are imposed by the pressure holding pumps the pumps will be connected to the secured network with a diesel electric generator. In the first phase, consider the possibility of connecting critical consumers to the existing diesel power unit in heating Plant Konjarnik. If it does not satisfy situation, choose a diesel electric power unit of adequate power that will be located within the building of PPIS - 1 TO Konjarnik. All electric motors will have a voltage level of 400 V, 50 Hz.

Foresee the possibility of electromotor operation via frequency controllers. Frequency controllers should be compliant with the technological requirements of pump motors and integrated harmonics filters.

Devices for regulating the rpm of the motor

The project includes frequency controllers for regulating the rpm of the electric motors (circulation pumps and pressure holding pumps). The scope of control will be regulated by a technological design. The input and output voltage of the controller is 400 V, 50 Hz. Controllers are electrically fed from the 0.4 kV facility, each separately from an individual switch with integrated protection functions. Frequency controller should be with an integrated high harmonic filter. Frequency controller of el. motors of technological devices must be equipped with appropriate modules and interfaces that allow connection to the central system for managing, monitoring and acquisition of data on Heating Plant Konjarnik, according to the PROFIBUS DP protocol, redundant.

Compensation of reactive energy

The compensation of reactive energy shall be designed and executed is calculation show that it is necessary, and placed in a separate field within the frame of 0,4 kV facility.

SCADA monitoring and control system

For 6kV and 0,4kV switchgears and power transformers, the SCADA monitoring and control system will be foreseen according to the IEC 61850 protocol, which will be connected to the electric power SCADOM at Heating Plant Konjarnik and the PPS Vinca.

Power and command signal cables

The project should determine (select) all power and command-signal cables related to the above-mentioned plants. Select the cable traces and the degree of mechanical protection according to the construction and mechanical backgrounds.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 19: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 1911 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Lighting

Indoor lighting should provide by LED lights that provide illumination to the workplace according to standards, ranging from 300-500 lh. In addition to the work lights foresee the lighting in accordance with the fire protection design.

Installing lightning rods and grounding

Install lightning rods depending on the type of roof covering and perform sufficient number of vertical lay downs according to SRPS standards with measuring points. The earthling is to be a foundation earthling and the connections from inside and outside the building shall be carried out. Inside the building, perform an installation for equalizing the potential of metal masses with a sufficient number of measuring points.

6. DESIGN DOCUMENTATION FOR AUTOMATICS

6.1. Pump – heat exchanger station “Konjarnik” pump station “Vinca”

Subject, scope and purpose of project documentation.

The subject of this technical documentation is the development of project documentation for construction, procurement, delivery, construction and commissioning of measuring and control equipment and monitoring and control system for the transport of heat energy, and according to the adopted technical solution.

In adopted by the Technical solution for the transport of heat energy (55 MWt min. ÷ 80 MWt max) between the producer – Waste Incineration Facility Vinca spinner and the consumer – Heating Plant Konjarnik, construction of the following is envisaged:

1. Pump station “Vinca”.2. Transport DH pipeline Vinca - Heating Plant Konjarnik of size DN600 PN25. 3. Pump – heat exchanger station Konjarnik.with the obligation to meet the required heat capacity (55 МWt min. ÷ 80 МWt max).

The heat from the “Waste Incineration Facility Vinca” is taken off and transported by the means of pump station “Vinca” (PPS-2) and by DH pipeline Vinca-heating Plant Konjarnik, to the pump heat exchanger station “Konjarnik” (PPIS-1), and then by the distribution network of the heating area “Konjarnik” to the end customer.

The pump stations consist of two frequency-regulated circulation pumps, the required number of control-shat off fittings, as well as the necessary measurements (temperature, pressure, flow, ...), and in everything according to the mechanical-technological design.

In addition, PPIS-1 has an expansion system with a pressure holding system in the DH pipeline and pump stations, as well as make up water system from the existing chemical water treatment facility in Heating Plant Konjarnik.

The pump stations and the DH pipeline constitute one technological unit that extends the thermal capacity of the Heating Plant Konjarnik, and in this sense the control should be connected to the existing monitoring and control system of Heating Plant Konjarnik.

1. Existing situation of monitoring and control system at Heating Plant Konjarnik

The Heating Plant Konjarnik has monitoring and control system in the form of a SCADA system based on the application of the S7-400H system, manufactured by SIEMENS, the application software SIPROCS SCADA manufactured by SIEMENS, the Windows and Linux software system, the Fujitsu hardware IT platforms, and the application of a large number of devices in process that support communication via the PROFIBUS DP

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 20: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 2011 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

network (AUTOMATIC, SIPROTEC, frequency controller manufactured by VACON, Danfoss, Siemens and GE, etc.).

The S7-400H system is implemented through two redundant PLC controllers, and the I/O part of the system uses one-channel analogue and digital I/O modules, but with the ability to address any PLC via a redundant PROFIBUS DP.

For network connection, on the side of the process, PROFIBUS DP is used in the optical ring variant, through which are through the wired PROFIBUS-connected peripherals of the system arranged in logical units.

Communication PLC controller with SCADA application software is realized via Ethernet connection, using ASX communication driver and network equipment.

Monitoring and control system at Heating Plant Konjarnik consists of the following:- measuring and control equipment in process (pressure transmitters, flow and temperature

transmitters, and motors of control valves, butterfly valve and ball valves),- two central PLCs (2 CPU 417H, two supply modules, two communication processors),- a pair of redundant servers, with application software SIPROSC SCADA and Linux system software

Red Hat Enterprise (64 bit), located in the server rack cabinet,- redundant UPS devices in the server rack cabinet,- redundant PROFIBUS DP network in the process,- redundant Ethernet networks implemented using redundant Ethernet switches- two operating stations on the Control room with six monitors, with system software and client

application software SIPROSC SCADA and one operator station for steam boiler room with identical software and four monitors,

- engineering stations with four monitors, with system software and SIPROCS SCADA software,- Siemens SIMATIC Y Link peripherals - to connect BMS for boilers, frequency controllers with one

PROFIBUS DP card and microprocessor motor protection to redundant PROFIBUS DP,- Siemens SIMATIC ET200M peripherals with redundant interface modules that enable the addressing of

I/O analogue and digital cards by both controllers,

1.1. Redundant servers of the system

Redundancy is provided by using two identical Fujitsu servers that are in hot standby mode. Each server is equipped with two network cards through which it is connected to a redundant Ethernet network.

The servers are connected to each other via the Ethernet network, with workstations and central controllers of the system. Both servers run the same program and synchronize at the real-time event level.

The active server performs all necessary actions in communication, receiving, forwarding of events and commands and archiving of data. The passive server is in the so-called hot standby mode. In this mode, the passive server controls the operation of the active server and synchronizes with it so that at each moment the same data (both current and archive) are stored on both servers.

When a passive server determines that the active server does not execute the correct program, a “flying switch” is executed and the passive server becomes active. During the transition from an active to a passive server, there is no loss of current and archived data, or an interruption in the operation of monitoring and control system, because the servers are synchronized at the real-time event level. The operator is notified of the change of the server and the reason why there was a change through the alarm panel.

1.2 Redundant workstations

Redundancy at the workstation level is provided by the use of two workstations with six monitors. Each workstation is an independent operating position and is equipped with two network cards through which it

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 21: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 2111 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

is connected to both server systems. The data displayed on the monitors is from an active server. In the event of a change in the active server, there are no changes or interruptions in the process image display on the workstations. The same software for monitoring and control system is executed on both workstations. Which process images will be displayed will be decided by the operator according to the current needs of the process.

An engineering station that is essentially designed to maintain the system can, if necessary, also function as an operator station. Whether it will work as an operator station or an engineering station depends on the rights of the user who is registered.

1.3 Application software

SIPROSC SCADA application software for visualization, monitoring and control of processes in technological systems is applied. This software is of cross-platform type.

Within the monitoring and control system of the Heating Plant Konjarnik, Windows platforms are used at operator and engineering stations, while at server level the Linux system platforms are used.

The software is designed as a client-server system. Different program modules (managers) perform individual tasks on the system.

1.4 Display of objects on the system

Objects on the system are created to clearly and unambiguously indicate to the user the condition in which the corresponding element of the plant is located. The elements of this system are defined in the library of objects that are part of the PVCC system.

Each element of the system has a recognizable appearance in accordance with its characteristics and clearly indicated conditions. This applies primarily to: state of communication of the element of the system with the programmable controller. the state of the system element, whether it is open, closed, on, off, in the interposition, or the

opening, closing, (realized with the corresponding colours). the status of the system element signalling, and whether the operator noticed this disturbance or not. he operating mode of the element whether it is manual or automatic; information about the

technological prohibition on handling elements; the existence of a block, alarm, alerts are available to the user both on the element itself and in its management window.

In addition to the panel, the display of information about the change of state or amount of process values was also realized using tables and graphics. Panels can be opened from the basic menu, but also directly using the buttons on the panels with which they are technologically connected.

1.5 User administration

Each user to work on the system has his/her username and password. All user logging in and logging out are recorded in the system archives.

System users can only access the system in accordance with their privileges defined by the work they do.

1.6 Database

All data, information, and changes can be registered and saved. The scope of archiving can be controlled taking into account time and quantity.

1.7 Reports

The system has a separate entity that allows the creation of reports based on formed templates. The Excel workbook is dynamically linked to the database.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 22: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 2211 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Reports can be created and saved automatically at a defined time, without user influence. For these operations, whether they are automatically set or used to generate reports manually, an engineering station is used.

1.8 Alarm system

The alarm system is an integral part of the SIPROSC SCADA software. Alarms/warnings are recorded in special archives, with a detailed description of the time of occurrence, termination, who confirmed the alarm/warning, as well as their priority level. Each signalling can be assigned a level of priority in accordance with its significance in the technological process.

2. DESIGN OBJECTIVES

The operation of PPIS-1 “Konjarnik”, PPS-2 “VINCA” and the transport DH pipeline that connects them, shall be synchronized, fully automated and connected to operation and monitoring and control system of Heating Plant “Konjarnik”.

2.1. To this end, it is necessary to foresee by the design and to install on each PPS the following:- Redundant PLC type S7-400H (2 CPU 417H, two supply modules, two communication processors), with

the necessary number of I/O analogue and digital cards, and everything in line with P&I diagram, adopted by the Employer. Foresee 30% reserve in I/O cards.

- Appropriate cabinets for the accommodation of the PLC and the necessary monitoring and control equipment.

- Redundant UPS devices situated in the server rack cabinet,- An operator station with monitor, for managing PPSs locally, which should be with stronger

characteristics and of industrial type. The operator station should contain the SCADA SIPROSC application that was created as a distributed system in relation to the central application of Heating Plant Konjarnik.

- Measuring and control equipment in the process unified with said built-in equipment at Heating Plant Konjarnik.

- Video monitoring of the operation of the circulation pumps (CP) in both PPS, which would be monitored on the Control room at Heating Plant Konjarnik

2.2. Along the DH pipeline, along each pipeline, provide and install one optical cable (redundancy) laid in the appropriate protective tubes (min. Diameter 100 mm), intended for the communication network of the technological system.

The design shall envisage separate fibres for the following purposes:- technological communication network, - video surveillance of CP operation, - fire protection system,- security (anti-burglary) video surveillance,- + spare

2.3. At existing monitoring and control system in Heating Plant Konjarnik, it is necessary to execute hardware and software extensions for PLC and SCADA, as well as the corresponding license extensions, whilst absolutely must preserve the full functionality of the existing system (in terms of panel display, object operation, alarm signalling, etc.) and the same to be applied to newly added facilities - PPIS-1 and PPS-2.

Remarks:1. Existing monitoring and control system at Heating Plant Konjarnik is in warranty - warranty period of 7

years. The guarantee was given by the SIEMENS d.o.o. Belgrade in 2017. 2. When selecting the measuring equipment, it is necessary to provide maximum unification

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 23: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 2311 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

6. DESIGN DOCUMENTATION OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND SIGNAL INSTALLATIONS

6.1 Technical protection systems of PPIS - 1 Konjarnik

The design documentation should include the installations of the technical protection system at pump station PPIS-1 “Konjarnik” according to the facilities of the same type under construction (pump stations in blocks 28 and 38). The design should be done in accordance with the ToR, the applicable legal regulations and the Main Fire Protection Design.

The design shall anticipate the following installations:• Installation and devices for automatic fire detection and fire alarm• Installation of video surveillance system• Installation of an anti-burglary system

The design shall envisage the integration of all technical security systems into the SIEMENS MM8000 monitoring and control system. For the integration needs, it is necessary to foresee the workstation, the required number of monitors, the corresponding UPS and the necessary licenses. The transfer route between Heating Plant Konjarnik and Heating Plant Novi Beograd (where the server of the monitoring and control system MM8000 is located) was realized through the LZVPN service Telekom (IT colleagues have signed a contract for this type of service).

The design shall define a transmission path (laying of optical cable) for connecting new pump stations and Heating Plant Konjarnik. It is necessary to provide basic and reserve communication in accordance with the necessary data flow. The design shall include all the necessary equipment, software and all necessary works for the purpose of achieving the mentioned communication.

6.1.1 Installation and devices for automatic fire detection and fire alarm

1. Existing state of a stable fire alarm system at Heating Plant Konjarnik

All facilities of the Heating Plant Konjarnik are covered by a stable automatic fire alarm system manufactured by Siemens Algorex. The CS1115 firefighting centre is located at the guard house at the entrance to the Heating Plant Konjarnik. To this building are connected fire detectors, organized in two loops, which cover the whole complex of the mentioned plant - all the objects on it. The first loop has 97 fire detectors, and the second loop has 54 fire detectors.

2. Newly designed situation

In the pump station PPIS-1 “Konjarnik” it is necessary to design a modern addressable system for automatic detection and fire alarm. Since the Algorex line of the fire alarm is no longer produced, it is necessary to foresee the Sinteco elements within the design. The existing anti-fire switchboard system (which is in the cabinet) should be replaced with the appropriate switchboard room from the Sinteco production line. The appropriate model would be Siemens Sinteco FC2030, which can receive 4 loops with Algorex fire detectors and two loops of 126 addressable Sinteco elements. The switchboard of the system should be microprocessor controlled, addressable and with the possibility of networking with other switchboard and PP terminals through the FCnet bus, as well as the integrated web server and the possibility of connecting via BAC net / IP protocol. In addition, the switchboard must be able to integrate into the central monitoring and control system MM8000.

A new switchboard must be able to accept an existing stable fire alarm system as well as a newly-designed part that will cover the PPIS-1 facility. The system for automatic detection and fire alarm must monitor the entire object of the pump station.

Design shall include:• Selection of fire alarm type• One-pole diagram for automatic detection and fire alarm

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 24: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 2411 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

• All the necessary basics of the facility with the designated location of the fire protection switchboard and alarm devices

• Clearly defined executive functions of the fire protection switchboard room in accordance with the Main Fire Protection Design.

When determining the type of automatic fire detectors, their sensitivity and setting points, take into account the following:• Possible fire extent occurring in the event of fire• Possible disturbing influences• Height and geometric shapes of rooms

The installation of automatic and manual fire alarm system should be designed according to the applicable technical regulations. Disconnect and connect the cables only in the concentration cubicles and at the base of the detectors. Cable concentrations and switching to multi-wire cables should be carried out in distribution cabinets via telephone or regular terminals. Provide network supply of 230V / 50Hz fire alarm system. Anticipate the supply of anti-fire switchboard from the secured network. In addition to the mains power supply, provide for backup power supply, which is so dimensioned that it ensures smooth operation of the installation for 72 hours in normal operation mode and half an hour in alarm mode. It is necessary to carry out the calculation of the capacity of the battery pack, linear resistance and cable capacitance calculation. Provide a distribution cabinet for the installation of an automatic detection and fire alarm system.

6.1.2 Installation of video surveillance system

The project of telecommunication and signalling installations envisages an IP video surveillance system consisting of high-resolution video camera (5 MPh) with varifocal lens, switch with POE function, appropriate licenses and cables for connecting elements of a system of the appropriate type and category. The storage facility for recorded video material and the SeeTec Cauuga software will be put into operation as part of PPIS-1 (block 38) pump stations during September 2019, so that they do not need to be processed by this design nor foreseen. The server and video surveillance software will be located in the rack cabinet at the Technical Security Center on the 1st floor of the Chemical water treatment facility in the Heating Plant Novi Beograd. The transfer route between Heating Plant Novi Beograd and Heating Plant Konjarnik was realized through the LZVPN service Telekom (IT colleagues have signed a contract for this type of service).

It is necessary to foresee the client workstation and the number of monitors for monitoring the recorded material with the camera on the Control room at Heating Plant Konjarnik.

The switch must have enough Ethernet POE ports for each of the predefined cameras, 1 Ethernet port for the fire alarm system, 1 Ethernet port for the security system, and 1 additional port so-called “up link” for the router connection. As the entire Ethernet platform is realized by CISCO equipment, it is necessary that the newly created active equipment be from the same manufacturer.

Camera licenses must be compatible with SeeTec Cauuga software.

Provide a communication rack cabinet for installing a video surveillance system.

6.1.3 Installation of an anti-burglary system

The project envisages an anti- burglary signalling system consisting of: central device, encryption, detector and alarm devices and cabling. Depending on the risk assessment of the burglary, provide the appropriate type of detector: motion detector, break glass detector, open door and window detector. The central device must be able to connect with two-way communication on the MM8000 monitoring and control system. Provide an appropriate license.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 25: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 2511 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

6.2. Installation of optical infrastructure on the route heating Plant “Konjarnik” - waste incineration facility “Vinca”.

SUBJECT OF THE DESIGN

The purpose of the development of design documentation is to set up optical infrastructure elements on the section of Vinca Waste Incineration facility (PPS2) and Heating Plant Konjarnik (PPIS1). The length of the route is approx. 9.5km. It is necessary to envisage monomodular optical cables with 12 and 24 fibres that will be laid along the route of the DH pipeline.GENERAL DATA

It is envisaged that the operation of the pumping stations is fully automated and connected with the operation of the Heating Plant Konjarnik. The SCDA system is foreseen to control the operation of pump stations, which should be connected to the existing SCADA system in the Heating Plant Konjarnik, which will ensure the operation of the PPIS1 (Konjarnik) and PPS2 (Vinca) pumps stations remotely from the control room at Heating Plant Konjarnik.

Appropriate design for execution, in the pump stations, there are also an automatic fire detection system, an IP video surveillance system and an anti-burglary system, for which it is also necessary to provide optical cables for connection to control room at Heating Plant Konjarnik.

TECHNICAL DATA AND REQUIREMENTS

For the purpose of the aforementioned remote monitoring and control of the operation of pump stations, the design shall foresee the following:

a) Optical cables with 24 monomodate fibres from control room at Heating Plant Konjarnik to pump stations PPIS1 and PPS2. Cables on the side of Heating Plant Konjarnik shall be terminated on the optical patch panel in the server rack cabinet for automation control room at Heating Plant Konjarnik and in pump stations at the switches that will be foreseen by the Measurement and regulation design. For this connection, provide in the server cabinet for automatics in the Control room of Heating Plant Konjarnik and two 24-port switches of following characteristics: 24xPort 10/100 / 1000Mbps SFP ports, 4x1 / 10Gbps SFP / SFP + Stacking / User port, Lauer 3, controllable switch.

b) Optical cables with 12 monomodate fibers for the connection of the fire control switchboard room (which is in the guard house in the Heating Plant Konjarnik) with newly designed fire protection systems in PPIS1 and PPS2. The design envisages all necessary equipment: racking, passive and active equipment for the purpose of achieving full functionality of a stable automatic fire alarm system.

c) Optical cables with 24 monomodate fibers from PPIS1 and PPS2 pump stations to the IT rack cabinet from where the LZVPN service will communicate with the control system MM8000 which is at Heating Plant Novi Beograd in the Center for technical security on the 1st floor of Chemical water treatment facility building. The aforementioned 24 fibres shall be divided as follows: 12 fibres are for transmission of signals from the video surveillance system, the remaining 12 fibres are for transmission of signals from the anti-burglary system. The terminal of the cable in the pump stations is to be predicted on the appropriate optical patch panel and the other end of the cable shall be terminated on the optical patch panel in the IT cabinet in agreement with IT colleagues. It is also necessary to envisage a switch of characteristics described in item a). Since the signals from the video surveillance system need to be brought to the server rack cabinet for automation in the Control room, it is necessary to provide an optical coupling for 12 fibres for the video surveillance system, out of which two outputs the cables with 12 fibres would be further guided, one to the IT cabinet, and the other to the server cabinet of automation in the control room at Heating Plant Konjarnik. Coupling with round insert in dimension 5-20 mm should be provided at a suitable place within the main process or similar.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 26: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 2611 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

OPTIC CABLE ROUT

When designing a new optical fibre route, it is necessary to follow the DH pipeline route. Predict the excavation of the trench, where first PEHD pipe Ø110mm shall be laid, in which a PE pipe Ø40mm is then placed where micro tube is inserted into which a micro-optical cable is fed. Within the PPIS1 and PPS2 and Heating Plant Konjarnik, a PNK rack is to be provided where the micro-optical cable is fed into the micro-tube previously laid in the PEHD hose or the metallic SAPA hose.

CAPACITY AND TYPE OF OPTICAL CABLE

Considering the layout method, envisage the most commonly used and commercially available cables, which are monomodate micro fibre optic cables with type G.652D and with a central relief element without metal elements.

The capacities of optical cables to be predicted are 12 and 24 fibres. Cables should be made in accordance with ITU-T G.652D standard, and optical fibres must be made of pure quartz glass.

CHARACTERISTICS OF MICRO PIPES

The design shall envisage PEHD micro PIES, which should be constructed of high quality materials in accordance with the requirements of SRPS EN12 201/2000 and in all according to the valid Technical Conditions for small diameter polyethylene pipes for cables (PTT Vesnik, No.25/87). Predict the micro pipes, whose external or internal diameter is adapted to the diameter of the micro-optical cable, which will be fed into the micro-pipes.

GENERAL PROJECT REQUIREMENTS FOR DOCUMENTATION

In the specification, define the quantity of material and scope of work, and the unit price should cover all expenditures for material, work, tools, transport, preparatory and final works, as well as all other expenditures according to current regulations

The project requirements define the scope of design, while the scope of the project documentation is defined by the Planning and Construction Law, as well as the accompanying bylaws.

The design documentation includes the production of the following documentation:• Conceptual design• Preliminary design or Design for obtaining the building permit• Design for execution of works

And other project-technical documentation that will be defined by location and other conditions in the process of obtaining permits and consents.

When designing, comply the following laws and regulations:• Law on Planning and Construction (Official Gazette RS, No. 72/09, 81/09-Correction, 64/10 Decision of

Constitutional Court, 24/11 and 121/12, 42/13-Decision of Constitutional Court, 50/2013-Decision of Constitutional Court 98 / 2013- Decision of Constitutional Court, 132/14, 145 / 2014-72, 83 / 2018-18, 31 / 2019-9 and 37 / 2019-3)

• Law on Safety and Health at Work (“Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia”, No. 101/2005, 91/2015 and 113/2017-other laws)

• Law on Environmental Protection (”Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia”, no. 135 / 2004, 36/2009, 36/2009- other laws, 72/2009- other laws, 43/2011- Decision of Constitutional Court, 14/2016, 76/2018 and 95/2018- other laws)

• Law on Standardization (“Official Gazette of RS”, No. 36 / 2009 and 46/2015)• Law on Electronic Communications (“Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia”, No. 44/2010, 60/2013-

Decision of Constitutional Court, 62/2014 and 95/2018- other laws)

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 27: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 2711 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

• Rulebook on the content, method and procedure of making and how to control the technical documentation according to the class and purpose of the facilities (“Official Gazette of RoS”, No. 72/2018),

As well as following technical conditions and instructions in the field of telecommunication cable networks:

• Technical requirements for telecommunication cables with monomodate -optical fibre (“PTT Journal”, Nos. 13/88 and 16/92)

• Amendments to the technical conditions for telecommunication cables with monomodate -optical fibre (“PTT Journal”, no. 7-8 / 04)

• Technical conditions for setting up fibre optic telecommunication cables (“PTT Journal”, No. 23/86)• Technical conditions for connectors for monomodate optical fibre (“PTT Journal”, No.13 / 01)• Technical conditions for small diameter polyethylene pipes for cable sewerage (PTT Journal, No.25/87)• Instructions on the planning of optical cable sections and transmission system (“PTT Journal”, No.

23/87 and 6/91)• Instructions on laying and installation of optical cables (“PTT Journal”, No.4 / 89 and 32/92).

Item 5 project technical requirements for design and construction of optical infrastructure from Heating Plant “Konjarnik” to waste incineration facility Vinca are given. The design boundaries for PPIS-1 are defined in this ToR item 3.1. Boundaries and scope of design (item h).

The Contractor must obtain the Employer's consent to the project solution and approval of the Employer before ordering all the specified equipment that will be defined by the project technical documentation.

7. General and technical conditions

When drafting the project documentation, apply applicable laws, standards and regulations and in each specific case state the laws, standards or regulations that have been applied.

The project in everything should be in line with the valid Law on planning and construction The solutions envisaged in this project must guarantee that the environmental impact of the new

facility will be harmonized with national and EU standards (Directive 2001/80 / EC);

Design equipment according to current regulations for seismic disorders for this area.

Any available documentation necessary for the preparation of this project, the Employer will subsequently deliver to the contractor upon request. About the characteristics of the existing equipment, the contractor will be informed during on-site inspection.

Documentation should be delivered in written (hard copy) and digital form.

The documentation that shall be submitted in writing to the Employer- Conceptual design – four (4) copies,- Design for obtaining building permit and Preliminary design in six (6) copies,- Design for execution of works– six (6) copies.

Documentation in digital form should be supplied in standard programs (Word, Excel and AutoCAD). Bill of Quantities shall be done in Excel.

Documentation in digital form shall be submitted to the Employer in two (2) copies.

8. Documentation

The technical documentation of each design should contain: 1. general documentation;2. Terms of references;

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 28: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 2811 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

3. (underlays for the production of technical documentation;4. textual documentation;5. numerical documentation;6. graphic documentation.

8.1. General

All equipment that is the subject of design in pump stations including its sub-equipment should be marked according to SI unique labels.

In the new working versions during the design, must clearly be indicated changes in relation to the previous versions with the date of the change.

Drawings (P&I diagram) show physical data for the design boundary. The borders were set by the Employer.

VINCA PPS-2

1. Introduction

This ToR defines all project parameters for the development of technical documentation and for the selection of main equipment and the development of complete specifications of materials and equipment as well as all the works on the construction of PPS-2 and the issuance of all permits for commissioning and exploitation of PPS-2 “VINCA”. All equipment that is defined for procurement in the project technical documentation must be in compliance with the requirements and conditions of Beogradske elektrane and equipment that is in operation at the Heating Plant Konjarnik.

Project documentation should be prepared in accordance with the planned document - Amendments to the Detailed Regulation Plan of Vinca Sanitary Landfill (published in “Official Gazette of the City of Belgrade” No. 86/18) and the requirements of this ToR.

Main system parameters:- the guaranteed amount of heat that can be produced and taken off from the Waste incineration

facility “Vinca” amounts to 56,5 МWt- main DH pipeline (transport pipeline) for the transfer of heat energy from Waste incineration facility

“Vinca” to the Heating Plant Konjarnik is of diameter DN600 PN25- temperature regime of the main DH pipeline t1/t2 = 102/60 0C- the length of the main DH pipeline is cca ≈ 9500 m.- on the main DH pipeline, two pump stations connected in serial are envisaged, one in the Heating

Plant Konjarnik in the pump- heat exchange station PPIS – 1 and the second on the boundary of the Waste incineration facility Vinca complex – pump station Vinca PPS - 2

- the period of operation of the district heating system - Waste incineration facility “Vinca”- Heating Plant Konjarnik is a heating season of approximately 6 months, depending on the needs for heat energy.

The PPP (public-private partnership) contract between the City of Belgrade and the "Beocista energija" foresees the take-off of a certain amount of heat only during the heating season.

For the transport of heat energy between the producer – Waste incineration facility Vinca and the users - the heat consumer Heating Plant Konjarnik, it is planned to build:

1. Facility for combined energy production in the Vinca sanitary landfill complex and with the output for measuring the delivered heat energy,

2. Pump – heat exchanger station Konjarnik with heat capacity of 55 MWt min. ÷ 80 MWt max. heat energy,

3. Pump station “Vinca” with heat capacity of 55 MWt min. ÷ 80 MWt max. heat energy

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 29: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 2911 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

4. DH transport pipeline Vinca – heating Plant Konjarnik DN600 PN25 which enables the transfer of heat produced in the sanitary landfill Vinca to the heating Plant Konjarnik, that is, through the existing distribution network, from the Heating Plant Konjarnik to all consumers connected to the existing heating network of the heating area Konjarnik

Construction of the Pump station “Vinca” is planned in the immediate vicinity of the complex of the incineration facility in a separate construction facility of the necessary dimensions. The PPS facility is in a free area and enclosed by a standard fence. The following equipment is planned to be installed inside the pump station (PPS-2):

- circulation pumps with el. motor- switch gear facility and frequency controllers and other el. equipment,- transformer station for powering all el. energy consumers- associated sealing, measuring, regulation and safety fittings, pipes, supports and hangers.

PPS-2 “Vinca” pumps the hot water (through heat exchangers through which is performed exchange of heat supplied by the Waste Incineration Facility) through the DH pipeline to the pump-heat exchanger station PPIS-1 Konjarnik. Transport DH pipeline of diameter DN600, PN25 is planned in length of ≈ 9500 m.

The subject of this ToR is the development of project-technical documentation for the construction, procurement of materials and necessary equipment, as well as the execution of all necessary construction works:

- pumps station Vinca PPS-2 on a free surface in the immediate vicinity of the complex of the waste incineration facility Vinca.

The scope and content of the projects should be done in accordance with the Law on Planning and Construction (Official Gazette of RS, No. 72/09, 81/09-correction, 64/10 Decision of Constitutional Court, 24/11 and 121/12, 42/13- Decision of Constitutional Court, 50/2013-Decision of Constitutional Court 98 / 2013- Decision of Constitutional Court, 132/14, 145/2014-72, 83/2018-18, 31/2019-9 and 37/2019-3) and Rulebook on content, manner and the procedure of drafting and method of control the technical documentation according to the class and purpose of the facility, as well as the applicable Regulations and other by-laws, standards and regulations

The project documentation shall be done to the extent that enables the obtaining of location conditions, all permits and approvals, contracting the subject equipment and works, as well as the execution of all works at the PPIS-2 pump- heat exchanger station “Vinca” and the issuance of all permits for commissioning and operation. The project requirements define the scope of design (given below), while the scope of the project documentation is defined by the Planning and Construction Law as well as the accompanying bylaws.

In all phases of design (development of designs – Conceptual design, Design for obtaining building permit, Preliminary design for DH pipeline and design for execution of works and all necessary Studies and Elaborates, designers should obtain consent to the project technical documentation from the expert team of PUC “Beogradske elektrane” which will monitor the implementation of the project.

Only after that, the adopted designs and technical solution are submitted for obtaining consent and permits through the central records of the consolidated procedure.

Expert team of PUC BE has to approve the selection of the designing company that will perform technical control of designs for obtaining a building permit.

The contractor must obtain the consent of the Employer before ordering all the specified equipment that will be defined by the project-technical documentation

The Employer will monitor the development of project documentation and the construction of the facility PPIS-1 “Konjarnik” in all phases until the completion of works, commissioning and obtaining a usage permit.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 30: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 3011 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

2. Objectives and purpose of design development

Within the framework of its ecological development projects, the City of Belgrade has concluded a PPP contract with a private partner for waste treatment at the existing sanitary landfill in Vinca. As part of the activities in the waste treatment, the private partner anticipates the construction of facility for combined production of heat and power CHP. For these needs of the purchase of produced heat, the development of the necessary urban planning documents has started, which should enable realization according to the PPP.

Together with the development of urban planning documents, the technical documentation is prepared and developed, which by its scope and contents should enable the obtaining of location conditions, building permits and the execution of the work of the system for the transport of heat from the sanitary landfill Vinca to the Heating Plant Konjarnik.

The technical and technological solution obtained by the equipment supplier and the contractor in the complex of the sanitary landfill Vinca foresees a cogeneration plant for the production of heat and power.

Electricity will be supplied to the power grid, and the heat will be delivered through the planned DH pipeline, the pump station PPS-2 and pump- heat exchanger station PPIS-1 “Konjarnik” to the existing consumers of heating energy of the heating area of heating Plant Konjarnik through the existing distribution district heating system of the heating plant.

The subject of this Tender is the production of technical documentation, the delivery of materials and equipment, and the execution of works for the construction of PPIS-2 “Vinca” – pump station Vinca.

The elevation difference between the location of the incineration facility Vinca and the heating Plant Konjarnik complex is approximately 39.1 m (elevation at the boundary of the complex for the construction of the incineration facility amounts to “Vinca” +229.10 m while the altitude in the complex of Heating Plant Konjarnik is 190 m). The route of the newly constructed main DH pipeline is 9,5 km long and its volume is about 5000 m3.

The planned transport capacity of the new main DH pipeline is 1100-1400 m 3/h or from 56,5 MWt to max. 80 MWt in designed regime 102/60 oC.

Transport of hot water through a DH pipeline will be enabled by pump station “Konjarnik” and “Vinca”, i.e. PPIS-1 and PPS-2.

Pump station “Vinca” is foreseen in the area near the building of the incineration facility. The facility shall include circulation pumps, filters, shut off and safety valves electrical equipment, equipment for measuring and control, which should enable the pumping of water from the incineration facility to the threshold of the Heating Plant Konjarnik, i.e. to the PPIS-1 pump station “Konjarnik”. Pump station “Vinca” will work without a crew, and the control and management will be done remote from the heating plant “Konjarnik”, or locally from the pump station itself

The building of PPS Vinca shall be made of solid material with required fire resistance in all according to the location conditions.

The project also envisages an optical cable for transmission of all signal, measurement and other information in the complex PPS-2 “Vinca”.

This ToR only deals with the construction of the pump station Vinca and its connection to the technological unit on the new main DH pipeline “VINCA-Heating Plant Konjarnik”, all within the boundaries of the project.

3. PUMP STATION “VINCA” PPS-2 “VINCA”

3.1. Boundaries and scope of design (for the execution of all construction works)a) Facility PPS-2 Vincab) For the transport system:

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 31: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 3111 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

From the entry of the newly designed main DH pipeline DN600 from the Incineration facility in complex PPS-2 “Vinca” to the construction facility of the station and within the station, including the connection with the pumps, and farther up to the exit of the newly constructed DH pipeline from the complex of PPS-2 “Vinca”, etc., and all according to the technical-technological solution of the station.

c) For fresh waterFrom the connection to sanitary consumption water within the complex, and in all according to the location conditions, to all technical consumers

d) for power supplythe design boundary for the PPS-2 connection in Vinci is a spare 10 kV outlet cubicle in the TS 35/10 kV Vinca, owned by ODS EPS Distribution

e) for measuring and control devicesThe subject is all necessary equipment and works that enable automatic operation of PPS-2 “Vinca”, all in accordance with the requirements of the mechanical-technological design.

f) optical cablePerform the connection of PPIS-1 with optical cable (from the point of entry of the DH pipeline, i.e., the optical cable to the complex of Heating Plant “Konjarnik”), which is foreseen along the route of the DH pipeline with the control room and installations within the complex of Heating Plant “Konjarnik”.

g) optical cablePerform the connection of the optical cable foreseen along the DH pipeline rout (from the point of entry of the DH pipeline, i.e., the optical cable into the complex of PPS-2 “Vinca” with installations within the PPS-2 “VINCA” and to the place of exit with the optical cable that goes along the DH pipeline)

h) ventilation, heating and cooling of rooms in accordance with the requirements of mechanical, technological and electrical design

In the facility PPS-2 Vinca with connection to PPIS-1 and Control room in Heating Plant Konjarnik, and everything according to the mechanical-technological design.

3.2. General requirements

Pump station “Vinca” shall be designed for max. capacity of 1500 m3/h.

The operation of PPS “Vinca” should be completely automated and connected with the operation of the heating plant "Konjarnik", as well as the operation of the new PPIS “Konjarnik” and the main DH pipeline that connects them. Envisage the upgrade of the existing extension of the existing SCADA system at the Konjarnik heating plant, for controlling and managing the operation of PPS “Vinca”" and local management in the PPS-2 “VINCA”.

The pump station will be operated by switching on, operating and switching off by remote commands from Heating Plant “Konjarnik”.

The design shall envisage the installation of mechanical equipment of circulation pumps (operating + spare), filters for main DH pipeline in an approximate dimension of 12 x 8 x 5 m (length x width x height). Within the building, foresee the room for the accommodation of electrical equipment and measuring and control devices equipment.

At the entrance of pump station, provide the chamber for filters (to provide easy access to the operation and cleaning of the filters on the return line of the DH pipeline) and the bypass line for isolating and commissioning of the pump station.

3.3. Requirements regarding equipment, fittings and pipelines in the pump station

EQUIPMENT

The design shall envisage the installation of the following equipment and devices:

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 32: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 3211 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

• In parallel with return line of the main DH pipeline install of two centrifugal single-stage circulation pumps (one working and one spare) of the following characteristic:

Flow 1100 ÷ 1250 ÷ 1400 m3/hHead 72,3 – 70 – 66,8 mRated pressure on the suction and discharge side PN25El. motor power 355 kWRpm 1494 rpm/minVoltage 400 V

Regulation of the flow and the head by changing rpm• on the discharge of each pump install check valve.• in front of each pump install isolating ball valves with el. motor and with mechanical and electronic

position indicators.• on the common suction line of the pumps, install the filters on the suction main DH pipeline.• In front of the filters install insolating ball valve with el. motor and with mechanical and electronic

position indicators.• on the supply and return side of the main pipeline install meters. Measuring the flow shall be done by

orifice plate.• in all necessary places, locally and remotely measure temperatures and pressures.

Fittings

1. General

All fittings should be designed for PN25 and temperature of 120 0C.

Provide shut off valves that are suitable for mounting in any position.

Provide shut off valves with mechanical and electronic position indicators.

2. Check valves

Foresee check valves that provide maximum reliable in operation.

Pipelines and collectors (headers)

1. Pipelines and collectors

Pipelines and collectors shall be sized in accordance with following:• designed operation regime of pump station for flow of 1500 m3/h,• manufacturing requirements for the installation of pumps and other equipment,• recommended flow rates,• connection pipelines, from the main pipeline to the pump station, to be of pre-insulated type,• for bends, reducers and “T” pieces, anticipate prefabricated elements.

2. Insulation

Insulation thickness shall be determined by applying the economic criteria as well.

3. Anti-corrosion protection

The project shall foresee the technology of anticorrosion protection of surfaces of all newly designed pipelines and fittings.

Equipment layout

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 33: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 3311 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Pump aggregates and accessories should be installed in a way that allows easy manipulation in handling and maintenance.

The Contractor must obtain the Employer’s approval on the specification of equipment and fittings that will be defined by the project technical documentation. The selected equipment and fittings must be compatible with the existing equipment and fittings already installed in the system of PUC BE and must meet the technological requirements defined by this Terms of Reference and project - technical documentation.

3.4. Requirements regarding the operation of the pump station

The operation of the pump station Vinca PPS-2 is controlled remotely from the control room in the Heating Plant “Konjarnik”. The pump station shall work automatically without a crew

The pump in the pump station “Vinca” pumps water through the heat exchanger in the “Vinca” incineration facility and continues to the main DH pipeline to the pump station “Konjarnik”. The transport DH pipeline is designed for the regime 102/60 oC and flow of 1100÷1400 m3/h.

The design defines the operation of PPIS-1 and PPS-2 and their start-normal operation and shutdown of the system.

Pump stations PPS-2 shall work in synchronisation with pump stations PPIS-1 Konjarnik. In separate mechanical technology design define the operation technology for PPIS-1 and PPS-2 as well as for the complete system including the operation of the Heating Plant Konjarnik.

3.5. Noise

The projects will process, anticipate all the necessary works and materials and implement a technical and technological solution that meets the requirements (noise limit values), which are prescribed by the “Regulation on noise indicators, limit values, methods for assessing noise, disturbance and harmful effects of noise in the environment” published in (“Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia” No. 75/2010) and other applicable regulations and standards in this field.

4. ARCHITECTURAL – CIVIL ENGINEERING DESIGN

4.1. Pump station “Vinca”

Design shall foresee:- development of Geotechnical documentation- development of the necessary Study for sound protection for the object concerned- materialization and position of the building in relation to the adjacent buildings shall meet the

requirements of fire protection- harmonization of materialization and external form of the building with architectural requirements of

the surroundings- to provide access to the building taking into account the necessary distance from the adjacent

buildings and the necessary geometry of the traffic routes for the successful manoeuvring of the vehicles

- the facility should meet the conditions of stability, reliability and durability according to the applicable rules of the profession

- Provide the foundations and supports for all the necessary equipment that shall be installed- develop designs:

• architecture design• construction design• hydro technical installations design• traffic and traffic signalization design

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 34: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 3411 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

• preparatory works design• landscaping design

The approximate position and dimensions of the building (approx. 25x15m) are given in the drawing - (plan is attached).

The location conditioned by planning documents is to be elaborated: the building’s dimensions are conditioned by planning documentation, safety distances from the existing buildings.

The boundaries of the projects listed here are required to be approved by a team appointed by the Employer and a Minutes on their adoption will be drawn up.

The design should anticipate and process the displacement of all existing infrastructure lines as planned by planning documentation and location conditions.

Coordinate designs of all installations with architectural and construction part.

Adhere to the design and implementation of all applicable national laws and regulations in the field of civil engineering.

All architectural construction works shall be carried out in accordance with the project documentation (construction permit)

5. PROJECT DOCUMENTATION AND DOCUMENTATION FOR EXECUTION OF ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS

5.1 Pump station “Vinca”

GENERAL CONDITIONS

When designing project documentation, selecting equipment and performing works, the Contractor / Designer is obliged to ensure that the equipment to be selected, according to its technical characteristics, is compatible with already installed equipment in the Heating Plant Konjarnik. For the purpose of more efficient regular and corrective maintenance, it is necessary to provide unification with the existing equipment. Existing equipment that was installed is produced by the following manufacturers: transformers “Etra” Ljubljana and “Minel” Belgrade, facility 6 kV “Schneider electric”, facility 0,4 kV Schneider electric and Siemens, frequency controllers “Vacon”, SCADA for electro-energetics “Siemens”. The obligation of the designer / Contractor is to coordinate with the responsible person of the Employer all the equipment in the form of a written approval - a submission for approval for the procurement of equipment.

THE DESIGNER’S TASK

The designer is obliged to prepare complete technical documentation in all phases of the project realization (from the conceptual design to the as built design and all documentation for obtaining a usage permit) according to the Rulebook on the content, method and procedure of preparation and method of controlling technical documentation according to the class and purpose of the facility (Official Gazette of RS No. 23/215 and 77/215).

The project includes the connection of the transformer station 10 / 0.4 kV within the PPS-2 Vinca from the transformer station 35/10 kV, Vinca, owned by ODS EPS Distribution, in all according to technical conditions for design and connection, which should be obtained from ODS.

Detailed Regulation Plan (published in the Official Gazette of the City of Belgrade No. 86/18 page of 27 of September 25th 2018) in item 3.2.3. ELECTRIC POWER NETWORK AND FACILITIES defines the following: "For the needs of electricity supply for own consumption of pump stations (PPS), the construction of TS 10 / 0,4 kV is planned, with the necessary number of transformers, as part of the PPS facility. The connection of the TS to the distribution system ODS is planned in the TS 35/10 kV Vinca, where it is necessary to install the

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 35: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 3511 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

missing equipment and equip it as outgoing empty cubicle of 10 kV and from it to the planned TS to build a 10 kV line, the transformation 10 / 0,4 kV/kV, switchgear 10 kV, 0,4 kV switchgear, frequency controllers, SCADA monitoring and control system for electricity by IEC 61850 protocol, installation of el. motor, socket installation and lighting, lightning rod installation and ground installation.

SUBJECT OF THE DESIGN AND EXECUTION OF WORKS

The building of the pump station is free-standing, specially built and has complete mechanical-technological equipment and associated electrical equipment. Within the construction facility, provide special rooms (transformer boxes) for the accommodation of 2 (two) oil transformers that must be connected to an oil pit of the appropriate capacity.

The 10 kV, 0,4 kV switch gear and frequency controllers should be located in a separate room that must meet the temperature conditions for the smooth operation of electrical equipment that normally dissipates a certain amount of heat in the normal operation (solved through a ventilation design within a mechanical design).

In the event that a technological design requires that certain consumers need to have electricity from a diesel-electric generator, it must be designed and installed.

Purpose of the building

Newly implemented electric facilities are intended for power supply to technological consumers and general purpose consumers of the pump station "Vinca".

Scope of the design

The design includes the following electro installations:• Power cables 10 kV,• Switch gear 10 kV,• Switch gear 0,4 kV,• Energy transformers 10/0,4kV,• Compensation of reactive energy (if necessary),• Device for regulation of rpm of el. motor • SCADA Control and Management System (for power)• Power and command signal cables,• Auxiliary power supply (inverter with integrated AKU batteries), auxiliary voltage distribution DC and

AC,• System of electrical protection and management of existing electrical consumers, • Ventilation, heating and air conditioning of electrical equipment,• Lighting, • Lightning and grounding installation,• Fire alarm for the accommodation of equipment and • Diesel electric generator (if needed).

DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

General requirements

When designing the project take into account the provisions of the Law on Planning and Construction and the provisions of the latest valid technical SRPS and IEC regulations and standards as well as the unification of equipment in PUC BE.

The location/premises for the accommodation of newly designed electrical power equipment (transformers, switch gear, el. motors) are to be determined through architectural and construction designs

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 36: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 3611 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

i.e. design solutions. All equipment must fit into construction -architectural and machine-technological solution.

Provide modern solutions and equipment, which are tested in practice.

Power cable

To develop the design of supplying the pump station with a 10 kV cable, with the appropriate cross-section, and to carry out works from the connection point to the 10 kV facility in the TS 35/10 kV Vinca to the switch gear of 10 kV and to the transformer station in the pump station.

The design shall define the type, type and cross section of the power cable.

The design shall determine the cable route. Develop a construction design for laying the cable on a given route.

The design resolves the connection of the cable at both ends.

Rated voltage: 10 kV, 50 HzMaximum operating voltage: 12 kVIndicative length of the route: 400m

Switch gear 10 kV

Switch gear 10 kV includes 5 cubicles (two feeding, two transformers and one measuring-connection cubicle), which are equipped with vacuum pull-out switches

All cubicles are equipped with microprocessor protection and control devices which, in addition to the facility protection function, have both signalling and control functions. Cubicles must be equipped with communication equipment to enable SCADA monitoring and control via a communication protocol IEC 61850.

Protective relays are equipped with a standard set of protective functions for the specified power and voltage level of transformer and equipment.

Energy transformers

It is necessary to choose oil-filled transformers for power supply of new 0.4 kV switch gear system. Transformers have a nominal voltage of 6 / 0.4 kV, 50 Hz, control, primary side regulation ± 2x5%. The required transformer power is calculated according to the needs of the supplied technology consumers and non-technological consumers, types of drives and short-circuit currents

Main switch gear 0,4 kV

The switch gear consists of 2 (two) transformer fields, a connection field and a certain number of fields for electric motors, a certain number of fields for powering the cabinets of non-technological consumers and a certain number of spare terminal.

When designing a new switch gear system, the following requirements must be met:• The switch gear should be of a modular type and have a minimum degree of mechanical protection

IP21,• The design solution should provide reliable and modern switching and protective equipment

(withdrawable circuit breakers),• Electric motors shall have a switch with integrated microprocessor protection,• The transformer and coupling switches must have the following minimum protection functions: short-

circuit, overload and earth fault. The switches must be equipped with communication equipment that will allow monitoring and control of the SCADA system via communication protocol IEC 61850

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 37: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 3711 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

• Provide excerpts for non-technological consumers (up to 100A withdrawable switches for other consumers of motor-protective switches),

• Foresee the measurement of current through measuring current transformers• In terms of control of the technology consumers adopt the concept: Local – са RP 0,4 kV; Remote -

from thermo-control room in Heating Plant Konjarnik. Do not foresee the possibility of starting from the process. Foresee for the electric motor in the process “ALL STOP” emergency shut-down

Electro-motors of technological consumers in a pump heat exchanger station

For the needs of the pump heat exchanger station operation technology, the procurement and installation of 2 (two) circulation pumps (one working and one spare) is foreseen. The indicated power and number of pump aggregates is defined by a technological-mechanical design. All electric motors will have a voltage level of 400 V, 50 Hz. Foresee the possibility of electromotor operation via frequency controllers. Frequency controllers should be compliant with the technological requirements of pump motors and integrated harmonics filters.

Devices for regulating the rpm of the motor

The project includes frequency controllers for regulating the rpm of the electric motors (circulation pumps). The scope of control will be regulated by a technological design. The input and output voltage of the controller is 400 V, 50 Hz. Controllers are electrically fed from the 0.4 kV facility, each separately from a individual switch with integrated protection functions. Frequency controller should be with an integrated high harmonic filter. Frequency controller of el. motors of technological devices must be equipped with appropriate modules and interfaces that allow connection to the central system for managing, monitoring and acquisition of data on Heating Plant Konjarnik, according to the PROFIBUS DP protocol, redundant

Compensation of reactive power

The compensation of reactive power shall be designed and executed is calculation show that it is necessary, and placed in a separate field within the frame of 0,4 kV facility.

SCADA monitoring and control system

For 10kV and 0,4kV switchgears and power transformers, the SCADA monitoring and control system will be forseen according to the IEC 61850 protocol, which will be integrated with the monitoring and control system in PPIS Konjarnik and with the SCADA for el. energy for Heating Plant Konjarnik

Power and command signal cables

The design shall determine (select) all power and command-signal cables related to the above mentioned facilities. Select the cable rout and the degree of mechanical protection according to the construction and mechanical backgrounds.

Lighting

Indoor lighting should provide by LED lights that provide illumination to the workplace according to standards, ranging from 300-500 lh. In addition to the work lights foresee the anti-panic lighting in accordance with the fire protection design.

Installing lightning rods and grounding

Install lightning rods depending on the type of roof covering and perform sufficient number of vertical lay downs according to SRPS standards with measuring points. The grounding is to be a foundation grounding and the connections from inside and outside the building shall be carried out. Inside the building, perform an installation for equalizing the potential of metal masses with a sufficient number of measuring points.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 38: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 3811 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

6. DESIGN DOCUMENTATION FOR AUTOMATICS

6.1. Pump – heat exchanger station “Konjarnik” pump station “Vinca”

Subject, scope and purpose of project documentation.

The subject of this technical documentation is the development of project documentation for construction, procurement, delivery, construction and commissioning of measuring and control equipment and monitoring and control system for the transport of heat energy, and according to the adopted technical solution.

By adopted Technical solution for the transport of heat energy (55 MWt min. ÷ 80 MWt max) between the producer – waste incineration facility Vinca and the consumer – Heating Plant Konjarnik, construction of the following has been envisaged:1. Pump station “Vinca”.2. Transport DH pipeline Vinca - Heating Plant Konjarnik of size DN600 PN25.3. Pump – heat exchanger station Konjarnik.with the obligation to meet the required heat capacity (55 МWт min. ÷ 80 МWt max).

The heat from the incineration facility “Vinca” is taken and transported by the means of pump station “Vinca” (PPS-2) and by DH pipeline Vinca- Heating Plant Konjarnik, to the pump heat exchanger station “Konjarnik” (PPIS-1), and then by the distribution network of the heating area “Konjarnik” to the end customers.

The pump stations consist of two frequency-regulated circulation pumps, the required number of control-isolating fittings, as well as the necessary measurements (temperature, pressure, flow, ...), and in everything according to the mechanical-technological design.

In addition, PPIS-1 has an expansion system with a pressure holding system in the DH pipeline and pump stations, as well as make up water system from the existing chemical water treatment facility in Heating Plant Konjarnik.

The pump stations and the DH pipeline constitute one technological unit that extends the thermal capacity of the Heating Plant Konjarnik, and in this sense the control should be connected to the existing monitoring and control system of Heating Plant Konjarnik.

1. Existing situation of monitoring and control system at Heating Plant Konjarnik

The Heating Plant Konjarnik has monitoring and control system in the form of a SCADA system based on the application of the S7-400H system, manufactured by SIEMENS, the application software SIPROCS SCADA manufactured by SIEMENS, the Windows and Linux software system, the Fujitsu hardware IT platforms, and the application of a large number of devices in process that support communication via the PROFIBUS DP network (AUTOMATIC, SIPROTEC, frequency controller manufactured by VACON, Danfoss, Siemens and GE, etc.).

The S7-400H system is implemented through two redundant PLC controllers, and the I/O part of the system uses one-channel analogue and digital I/O modules, but with the ability to address any PLC via a redundant PROFIBUS DP.

For network connection, on the side of the process, PROFIBUS DP is used in the optical ring variant, through which are through the wired PROFIBUS-connected peripherals of the system arranged in logical units.

Communication of PLC controller with SCADA application software is realized via Ethernet connection, using ASX communication driver and network equipment.

Monitoring and control system at Heating Plant Konjarnik consists of the following:- measuring and control equipment in process (pressure transmitters, flow and temperature

transmitters, and motors of control valves, butterfly valve and ball valves),

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 39: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 3911 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

- two central PLCs (2 CPU 417H, two supply modules, two communication processors),- a pair of redundant servers, with application software SIPROSC SCADA and Linux system software Red

Hat Enterprise (64 bit), located in the server rack cabinet,- redundant UPS devices in the server rack cabinet- redundant PROFIBUS DP network in the process,- redundant Ethernet networks implemented using redundant Ethernet switches- two operating stations on the control room with six monitors, with system software and client

application software SIPROSC SCADA and one operator station for steam boiler room with identical software and four monitors,

- engineering stations with four monitors, with system software and SIPROCS SCADA software,- Siemens SIMATIC Y Link peripherals - to connect BMS for boilers, frequency controllers with one

PROFIBUS DP card and microprocessor motor protection to redundant PROFIBUS DP,- Siemens SIMATIC ET200M peripherals with redundant interface modules that enable the addressing of

I/O analogue and digital cards by both controllers.

1.1 Redundant servers of the system

Redundancy is provided by using two identical Fujitsu servers that are in hot standby mode. Each server is equipped with two network cards through which it is connected to a redundant Ethernet network.

The servers are connected to each other via the Ethernet network, with workstations and central controllers of the system. Both servers run the same program and synchronize at the real-time event level.

The active server performs all necessary actions in communication, receiving, forwarding of events and commands and archiving of data. The passive server is in the so-called hot standby mode. In this mode, the passive server controls the operation of the active server and synchronizes with it so that at each moment the same data (both current and archive) are stored on both servers.

When a passive server determines that the active server does not execute the correct program, a “flying switch” is executed and the passive server becomes active. During the transition from an active to a passive server, there is no loss of current and archived data, or an interruption in the operation of monitoring and control system, because the servers are synchronized at the real-time event level. The operator is notified of the change of the server and the reason why there was a change through the alarm panel.

1.2 Redundant workstations

Redundancy at the workstation level is provided by the use of two workstations with six monitors. Each workstation is an independent operating position and is equipped with two network cards through which it is connected to both server systems. The data displayed on the monitors is from an active server. In the event of a change in the active server, there are no changes or interruptions in the process image display on the workstations. The same software of monitoring and control system is executed on both workstations. Which process images will be displayed will be decided by the operator according to the current needs of the process.

An engineering station that is essentially designed to maintain the system can, if necessary, also function as an operator station. Whether it will work as an operator station or an engineering station depends on the rights of the user who is registered.

1.3 Application software

SIPROSC SCADA application software for visualization, monitoring and control of processes in technological systems is applied. This software is of cross-platform type.

Within the monitoring and control system of the heating Plant Konjarnik, Windows platforms are used at operator and engineering stations, while at server level the Linux system platforms are used.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 40: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 4011 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

The software is designed as a client-server system. Different program modules (managers) perform individual tasks on the system.

1.4 Display of objects on the system

Objects on the system are created to clearly and unambiguously indicate to the user the condition in which the corresponding element of the plant is located. The elements of this system are defined in the library of objects that are part of the PVCC system.

Each element of the system has a recognizable appearance in accordance with its characteristics and clearly indicated conditions. This applies primarily to: state of communication of the element of the system with the programmable controller. the state of the system element, whether it is open, closed, on, off, in the interposition, or the

opening, closing, (realized with the corresponding colours). the status of the system element signalling, and whether the operator noticed this disturbance or not. he operating mode of the element whether it is manual or automatic; information about the

technological prohibition on handling elements; the existence of a block, alarm, alerts are available to the user both on the element itself and in its management window.

In addition to the panel, the display of information about the change of state or amount of process values was also realized using tables and graphics. Panels can be opened from the basic menu, but also directly using the buttons on the panels with which they are technologically connected.

1.5 User administration

Each user to work on the system has his/her username and password. All user logging in and logging out are recorded in the system archives.

System users can only access the system in accordance with their privileges defined by the work they do.

1.6 Database

All data, information, and changes can be registered and saved. The scope of archiving can be controlled taking into account time and quantity.

1.7 Reports

The system has a separate entity that allows the creation of reports based on formed templates. The Excel workbook is dynamically linked to the database.

Reports can be created and saved automatically at a defined time, without user influence. For these operations, whether they are automatically set or used to generate reports manually, an engineering station is used.

1.8 Alarm system

The alarm system is an integral part of the SIPROSC SCADA software. Alarms/warnings are recorded in special archives, with a detailed description of the time of occurrence, termination, who confirmed the alarm/warning, as well as their priority level. Each signalling can be assigned a level of priority in accordance with its significance in the technological process.

2. DESIGN OBJECTIVES

The operation of PPIS-1 “Konjarnik”, PPS-2 “VINCA” and the transport DH pipeline that connects them, shall be synchronized, fully automated and connected to operation and monitoring and control system of Heating Plant “Konjarnik”.

2.1. To this end, it is necessary to foresee by the design and to install on each PPS the following:

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 41: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 4111 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

- Redundant PLC type S7-400H (2 CPU 417H, two supply modules, two communication processors), with the necessary number of I/O analogue and digital cards, and everything in line with P&I diagram,

adopted by the Employer. Foresee 30% reserve in I/O cards.- Appropriate cabinets for the accommodation of the PLC and the necessary monitoring and control

equipment- redundant UPS devices situated in the server rack cabinet,- an operator station with a monitor, for managing PPSs locally, which should be with stronger

characteristics and of industrial type. The operator station should contain the SCADA SIPROSC application that was created as a distributed system in relation to the central application of Heating Plant Konjarnik.

- Measuring and control equipment in the process unified with said built-in equipment at Heating Plant Konjarnik

- Video monitoring of the operation of the circulation pumps (CP) in both PPS, which would be monitored on the Control room at Heating Plant Konjarnik.

2.2. Along the DH pipeline, along each pipeline, provide and install one optical cable (redundancy) laid in the appropriate protective tubes (min. Diameter 100 mm), intended for the communication network of the technological system.

The design shall envisage separate fibres for the following purposes:- technological communication network, - video surveillance of CP operation, - fire protection system,- security (anti burglary) video surveillance,- + spare

2.3. At existing monitoring and control system in Heating Plant Konjarnik, it is necessary to execute hardware and software extensions for PLC and SCADA, as well as the corresponding license extensions, whilst absolutely must preserve the full functionality of the existing system (in terms of panel display, object operation, alarm signalling, etc.) and the same to be applied to newly added facilities - PPIS-1 and PPS-2.

Remark:Existing monitoring and control system at Heating Plant Konjarnik is in warranty - warranty period of 7 years.The guarantee was given by the SIEMENS d.o.o. Belgrade in 2017.When selecting the measuring equipment, it is necessary to provide maximum unification.

6. DESIGN DOCUMENTATION OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND SIGNAL INSTALLATIONS

6.1 Technical protection systems of Vinca PPS2

The design documentation should include the installations of the technical protection system at pump station PPS-1 "Vinca" according to the facilities of the same type under construction (pump stations in blocks 28 and 38). The design should be done in accordance with the ToR, the applicable legal regulations and the Main Fire Protection Design.

The design shall anticipate the following installations:• Installation and devices for automatic fire detection and fire alarm• Installation of video surveillance system• Installation of an anti-burglary system

The design shall envisage the integration of all technical security systems into the SIEMENS MM8000 monitoring and control system. For the integration needs, it is necessary to foresee the workstation, the

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 42: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 4211 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

required number of monitors, the corresponding UPS and the necessary licenses at control room in Heating Plant Konjarnik. The transfer route between Heating Plant Konjarnik and Heating Plant Novi Beograd (where the server of the monitoring and control system MM8000 is located) was realized through the LZVPN service Telekom (IT colleagues have signed a contract for this type of service).

The design shall define a transmission path (laying of optical cable) for connecting new pump stations and Heating Plant Konjarnik. It is necessary to provide basic and reserve communication in accordance with the necessary data flow. The design shall include all the necessary equipment, software and all necessary works for the purpose of achieving the mentioned communication.

6.1.1 Installation and devices for automatic fire detection and fire alarm

In the pump station PPS-2 “Vinca” it is necessary to design a modern addressable system for automatic detection and warning of fire. The central system should be microprocessor-controlled, addressable and capable of networking with other centrals and PP terminals through the FCnet bus, as well as the integrated Web server and to have ability to connect via BACnet/IP protocol.

In addition, the switchboard room must be able to integrate into the central monitoring and control system MM8000. The respective central device would be Siemens Sinteco FC2020-AZ, similar to one in the pump stations in blocks 28 and 38.

The system for automatic detection and warning about fire must monitor the entire object of the pump station.

The design must contain:• selection of fire alarm type• one-pole diagram for automatic detection and fire alarm• all the necessary basics of the facility with the designated location of the fire protection switchboard

and alarm devices• clearly defined executive functions of the fire protection switchboard room in accordance with the

Main Fire Protection Design.

When determining the type of automatic fire detectors, their sensitivity and setting points, take into account the following:• Possible fire extent occurring in the event of fire• Possible disturbing influences• Height and geometric shapes of rooms

The installation of the automatic and manual fire alarm system should be designed according to the applicable technical regulations. Disconnect and connect the cables only in the concentration cubicles and at the base of the detectors. Cable concentrations and switching to multi-wire cables should be carried out in distribution cabinets via telephone or regular terminals. Provide network supply of 230V / 50Hz fire alarm system. Anticipate the supply of anti-fire switchboard from the secured network. In addition to the mains power supply, provide for backup power supply, which is so dimensioned that it ensures smooth operation of the installation for 72 hours in normal operation mode and half an hour in alarm mode. It is necessary to carry out the calculation of the capacity of the battery pack, linear resistance and cable capacitance calculation. Provide a distribution cabinet for the installation of an automatic detection and fire alarm system.

6.1.2 Installation of video surveillance system

The design of telecommunication and signalling installations envisages an IP video surveillance system consisting of high resolution video camera (5 MPh) with varifocal lens, switch with POE function, appropriate licenses and cables for connecting elements of a system of the appropriate type and category.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 43: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 4311 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

The server for storing recorded video material and the SeeTec Cauuga software will be put into operation as part of PPIS-1 (block 38) pump stations during September 2019, so that they do not need to be processed by this design nor foreseen. The server and video surveillance software will be located in the rack cabinet at the Technical Security Center on the 1st floor of the Chemical water treatment facility in the Heating Plant Novi Beograd. The transfer route between Heating Plant Novi Beograd and Heating Plant Konjarnik was realized through the LZVPN service Telekom (IT colleagues have signed a contract for this type of service). The design shall envisage the installation of an optical cable between PPS2 Vinca and PPIS - 1 and Heating Plant Konjarnik.

The switch must have enough Ethernet POE ports for each of the predefined cameras, 1 Ethernet port for the fire alarm system, 1 Ethernet port for the security system, and 1 additional port so-called "up link" for the router connection. As the entire Ethernet platform is realized by CISCO equipment, it is necessary that the newly created active equipment be from the same manufacturer.

Camera licenses must be compatible with SeeTec Cauuga software.

Provide a communication rack cabinet for installing a video surveillance system.

6.1.3 Installation of an anti-burglary system

The project envisages an anti- burglary signalling system consisting of: central device, encryption, detector and alarm devices and cabling. Depending on the risk assessment of the burglary, provide the appropriate type of detector: motion detector, break glass detector, open door and window detector. The central device must be able to connect with two-way communication on the MM8000 monitoring and control system. Provide an appropriate license.

6.2. Installation of optical infrastructure on the route heating Plant “Konjarnik” - waste incineration facility “Vinca”.

SUBJECT OF THE DESIGN

The purpose of the development of design documentation is to set up optical infrastructure elements on the section of Vinca Waste Incineration facility (PPS2) and Heating Plant Konjarnik (PPIS1). The length of the route is approx. 9.5km. It is necessary to envisage monomodular optical cables with 12 and 24 fibres that will be laid along the route of the DH pipeline

GENERAL DATA

It is envisaged that the operation of the pumping stations is fully automated and connected with the operation of the Heating Plant Konjarnik. The SCDA system is foreseen to control the operation of pump stations, which should be connected to the existing SCADA system in the Heating Plant Konjarnik, which will ensure the operation of the PPIS1 (Konjarnik) and PPS2 (Vinca) pumps stations remotely from the Control room at Heating Plant Konjarnik.

Appropriate design for execution, in the pump stations, there are also an automatic fire detection system, an IP video surveillance system and an anti-burglary system, for which it is also necessary to provide optical cables for connection to Control room at Heating Plant Konjarnik.

TECHNICAL DATA AND REQUIREMENTS

For the purpose of the aforementioned remote monitoring and control of the operation of pump stations, the design shall foresee the following:- Optical cables with 24 monomodate fibres from control room at Heating Plant Konjarnik to pump

stations PPIS1 and PPS2. Cables on the side of Heating Plant Konjarnik shall be terminated on the optical patch panel in the server rack cabinet for automation control room at Heating Plant Konjarnik

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 44: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 4411 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

and in pump stations at the switches that will be foreseen by the Measurement and regulation design. For this connection, provide in the server cabinet for automatics in the control room of Heating Plant Konjarnik and two 24-port switches of following characteristics: 24xPort 10/100 / 1000Mbps SFP ports, 4x1 / 10Gbps SFP / SFP + Stacking / User port, Lauer 3, controllable switch.

- Optical cables with 12 monomodate fibres for the connection of the fire control switchboard room (which is in the guardhouse in the Heating Plant Konjarnik) with newly designed fire protection systems in PPIS1 and PPS2. The design envisages all necessary equipment: racking, passive and active equipment for the purpose of achieving full functionality of a stable automatic fire alarm system.

- Optical cables with 24 monomodate fibres from PPIS1 and PPS2 pump stations to the IT rack cabinet from where the LZVPN service will communicate with the control system MM8000 which is at Heating Plant Novi Beograd in the Centre for technical security on the 1st floor of Chemical water treatment facility building. The aforementioned 24 fibres shall be divided as follows: 12 fibres are for transmission of signals from the video surveillance system, the remaining 12 fibres are for transmission of signals from the anti-burglary system. The terminal of the cable in the pump stations is to be predicted on the appropriate optical patch panel and the other end of the cable shall be terminated on the optical patch panel in the IT cabinet in agreement with IT colleagues. It is also necessary to envisage a switch of characteristics described in item a). Since the signals from the video surveillance system need to be brought to the server rack cabinet for automation on the Control room, it is necessary to provide an optical coupling for 12 fibres for the video surveillance system, out of which two outputs the cables with 12 fibres would be further guided, one to the IT cabinet, and the other to the server cabinet of automation on the Control room at Heating Plant Konjarnik. Coupling with round insert in dimension 5-20 mm should be provided at a suitable place within the main process or similar.

OPTIC CABLE ROUT

When designing a new optical fiber route, it is necessary to follow the DH pipeline route. Predict the digging of the trench, where first PEHD pipe Ø110mm shall be laid, in which a PE pipe Ø40mm is then placed where micro tube is inserted into which a micro-optical cable is fed. Within the PPIS1 and PPS2 and Heating Plant Konjarnik, a PNK rack is to be provided where the micro-optical cable is fed into the micro-tube previously laid in the PEHD hose or the metallic SAPA hose.

CAPACITY AND TYPE OF OPTICAL CABLE

Considering the layout method, envisage the most commonly used and commercially available cables, which are monomodate micro fibre optic cables with type G.652D and with a central relief element without metal elements.

The capacities of optical cables to be predicted are 12 and 24 fibers. Cables should be made in accordance with ITU-T G.652D standard, and optical fibres must be made of pure quartz glass.

CHARACTERISTICS OF MICRO PIPES

The design shall envisage PEHD micro PIES, which should be constructed of high quality materials in accordance with the requirements of SRPS EN12 201/2000 and in all according to the valid Technical Conditions for small diameter polyethylene pipes for cables (PTT Vesnik, No. 25/87). Predict the micro pipes, whose external or internal diameter is adapted to the diameter of the micro-optical cable, which will be fed into the micro-pipes

GENERAL PROJECT REQUIREMENTS FOR DOCUMENTATION

In the specification, define the quantity of material and scope of work, and the unit price should cover all expenditures for material, work, tools, transport, preparatory and final works, as well as all other expenditures according to current regulations.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 45: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 4511 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

The project requirements define the scope of design, while the scope of the project documentation is defined by the Planning and Construction Law, as well as the accompanying bylaws.

The design documentation includes the production of the following documentation:• Conceptual design• Preliminary design or Design for obtaining the building permit • Design for execution of works

And other project-technical documentation that will be defined by location and other conditions in the process of obtaining permits and consents.

When designing, comply the following laws and regulations:• Law on Planning and Construction (“Official Gazette RS”, No. 72/09, 81/09-Correction, 64/10 Decision

of Constitutional Court, 24/11 and 121/12, 42/13-Decision of Constitutional Court, 50/2013-Decision of Constitutional Court 98/2013- Decision of Constitutional Court, 132/14, 145/2014-72, 83/2018-18, 31/2019-9 and 37/2019-3)

• Law on Safety and Health at Work (“Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia”, No. 101/2005, 91/2015 and 113/2017-other laws)

• Law on Environmental Protection (“Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia”, No. 135/2004, 36/2009, 36/2009- other laws, 72/2009- other laws, 43/2011- Decision of Constitutional Court, 14/2016, 76/2018 and 95/2018- other laws)

• Law on Standardization (“Official Gazette of RoS”, No. 36/2009 and 46/2015)• Law on Electronic Communications (“Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia”, No. 44/2010, 60/2013-

Decision of Constitutional Court, 62/2014 and 95/2018- other laws)• Rulebook on the content, method and procedure of making and how to control the technical

documentation according to the class and purpose of the facilities (“Official Gazette of RoS”, No. 72/2018),

As well as following technical conditions and instructions in the field of telecommunication cable networks:

• Technical requirements for telecommunication cables with monomodate -optical fibre (“PTT Journal”, Nos. 13/88 and 16/92)

• Amendments to the technical conditions for telecommunication cables with monomodate -optical fibre (“PTT Journal”, No. 7-8/04)

• Technical conditions for setting up fibre optic telecommunication cables (“PTT Journal”, No. 23/86)• Technical conditions for connectors for monomodate optical fibre (“PTT Journal”, No. 13/01)• Technical conditions for small diameter polyethylene pipes for cable sewerage (PTT Journal, No. 25/87)• Instructions on the planning of optical cable sections and transmission system (“PTT Journal”, No.

23/87 and 6/91)• Instructions on laying and installation of optical cables (“PTT Journal”, No. 4/89 and 32/92).

Item 5 project technical requirements for design and construction of optical infrastructure from Heating Plant “Konjarnik” to waste incineration facility Vinca are given. The design boundaries for PPIS-1 are defined in this ToR item 3.1. Boundaries and scope of design (item h).

The Contractor must obtain the Employer 's consent to the project solution and approval of the Employer before ordering all the specified equipment that will be defined by the project technical documentation

7. General and technical conditions

When drafting the project documentation, apply applicable laws, standards and regulations and in each specific case state the laws, standards or regulations that have been applied.

The project in everything should be in line with the valid. Law on planning and construction

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 46: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 4611 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

The solutions envisaged in this project must guarantee that the environmental impact of the new facility will be harmonized with national and EU standards (Directive 2001/80/EC);

Design equipment according to current regulations for seismic disorders for this area.

Any available documentation necessary for the preparation of this project, the Employer will subsequently deliver to the contractor upon request. About the characteristics of the existing equipment, the contractor will be informed during on-site inspection.

Documentation should be delivered in written (hard copy) and digital form.

The documentation that shall be submitted in writing to the Employer:- Conceptual design – four (4) copies,- Design for obtaining building permit and Preliminary design in six (6) copies,- Design for execution of works– six (6) copies.

Documentation in digital form should be supplied in standard programs (Word, Excel and AutoCAD). Bill of quantities shall be done in a table in Excel.

Documentation in digital form shall be submitted to the Employer in two (2) copies.

8. Documentation

The technical documentation of each design should contain: 1. general documentation;2. Terms of references;3. underlays for the development of technical documentation;4. textual documentation;5. numerical documentation;6. graphic documentation.

8.1. General

All equipment that is the subject of design in pump stations including its sub-equipment should be marked according to SI unique labels.

In the new working versions during the design, must clearly be indicated changes in relation to the previous versions with the date of the change.

Drawings (P&I diagram) show physical data for the design boundary. The borders were set by the Employer.

TERMS OF REFERENCES

For the development of technical documentation for the construction of a distribution DH network from the Sanitary Landfill in Vinca to the Heating Plant Konjarnik.

GENERAL DATA

1.1 Employer (Contracting Authority)City of Belgrade, Secretariat for Environmental Protection (PUC "Beogradske elektrane”)

1.2 FacilityDistribution DH network

1.3 CategoryG - engineering facilitiesLINEAR INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES

1.4 Class of the object:

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 47: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 4711 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

222230 – Local DH pipelines

GOAL

Development of technical documentation for obtaining a building permit and for the execution of works, obtaining a building permit, preparation of a technical specification for the preparation of tender documentation, delivery of materials and equipment and execution of works.

DEVELOPED DOCUMENTATION AND FACILITIES

1.1 Planning documentation:

1.1.1 Design for obtaining the building permit for construction of facilities and DH pipeline phase I stage one, unity A2, Official Gazette of the City of Belgrade No. 31/15

1.1.2 Detailed Regulation Plan for the construction of DH network from the sanitary landfill in Vinca to the heating plants “Konjarnik” and “Mirijevo” - the city municipalities of Grocka and Zvezdara, Official Gazette of the City of Belgrade No. 29/19

1.1.3 Amendments to the Detailed Regulation Plan for sanitary landfill Vinca, Official Gazette of the City of Belgrade No. 86/18

1.2 Technical documentation for Heating Plant Konjarnik

1.2.1 Report on the current state of the Heating Plant Konjarnik - documentation submitted for the legalization procedure

1.2.2 Other technical documentation of Heating Plant Konjarnik

1.3 Technical documentation of waste incineration facility in Vinca

1.3.1 Site plan on the updated cadastral-topographic plan and cadastral plan (3.1, 3.2, 3.3- excerpt attached to the ToR)

CONCEPT

By a contract between the City of Belgrade and a private partner, it was defined that the PUC BE will take off the heat energy of 56.6 MW from waste incineration facility at the Sanitary Landfill site in Vinca.

For transport of taken heat energy it is necessary to build the following facilities:

1. Pump the station Vinca,2. Pump-heat exchanger station Konjarnik,3. DH pipeline DN600 PN25, from the facility where take off will be performed district heating room

located next to the Nova 1 road of the Vinca Sanitary Landfill complex, to the facility PPS2 Vinca, further along the SAO2-1, the Smederevo Road, Boulevard Kralja Aleksandra, Partizanska Street,. 20. oktobra Street, Pavle Vasić Street, Hazarska Street, Prvomajska Street, Narodni front Street, Rebeke Vest Street, Mirko Sandić Street, entering the complex of Heating Plant Konjarnik to the facility of the planned pump heat exchange station.

The subject of this ToR is a DH pipeline.

DOCUMENTATION CONTENT

Conceptual design

Design for obtaining building permit with Technical control,

Design for execution of works (no need for approval of Ministry of Internal Affairs)

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 48: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 4811 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Technical specification for the preparation of tender documentation in the format given in the attachment of the Terms of Reference.

The documentation shall be in the form prescribed by applicable law and by-laws

Documentation can be done phase-by-sections.

Produced documents in electronic form (Word and AutoCAD) in two copies and **** hard copies.

BACKGROUND DOCUMENTATION FOR DEVELOPMENT

Within the framework of the developed planning documents, the conditions of the holder of public authorizations, cadastral-topographic plan at the time of preparation of the planning documentation and the geological and geotechnical documentation for the purposes of drawing up the planning document are available. ( Attached)

Information about the location: ****** (Attached to the ToR)

The dossier (with a valid validity period in the procedure of the consolidated procedure) shall be provided by the designer:

- cadastre lot plan, cadastral -topographic plan, cadastre of the underground ducts ,

- geological and geotechnical documentation along the route of the DH pipeline,

- Opinions of the competent companies (EDB, BVK, Telekom, Beogradput, PUC Zelenilo, Srbijagas, GSP, EMS) in the process of development of Conceptual Design.

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

DH pipeline shall be lead underground as a pre-insulated steel system buried in trenches in the traffic control zone.

Operating parameters of the fluid: 102 / 60 oС,Nominal diameter DN600,Nominal pressure: PN25,Transport capacity: Q= 56,6МWМаx. transport capacity Q= 80МW.

TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

When designing, comply with valid legal regulations, standards, norms, professional rules and instructions from the equipment manufacturer.

Rules on the operation of the heat energy distribution system of PUC Beogradske elektrane, Official Gazette of the City of Belgrade No. 54 dated 23.06.2014 are defined:

- Chapter 2. Technical conditions for connection with the producer of heat energy,- Chapter 8.:

Attachment 1: Technical conditions for mechanical and construction design of DH networks,Attachment 2. Technical conditions for electro-design of DH networks

The technical documentation also envisages the construction of a special optical cable (only for the needs of PUC BE) along the entire route from PPS Vinca to PPS Konjarnik.

DEADLINES- Conceptual Design- three months from signing the contract,- Design for Obtaining Building Permit - two months after obtaining the location conditions- Design for Execution of Works - one month after obtaining a building permit

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 49: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 4911 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

- Technical Specification for Tender Documentation – five months from signing the contract.

Obtaining prior consent and obtaining the necessary permits from public and public utility companies is the obligation of Employer.

The Employer is obliged to provide design supervision.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 50: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 5011 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

TECHNICAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION WORKS

ARCHITECTURAL CONSTRUCTION PART

General conditions for the execution of earthworks

Prior to the excavation, the Contractor is obliged to mark the object. These levels should be included in the building log. The supervisory authority will present permanent points that specify the position of the facility and the level of the finished facility. The contractor is obliged to maintain these marks and, if necessary, re-mark it again.

When the survey is done, the supervisory authority will allow excavation.

There should be no over breaking if the Contractor digs deeper than anticipated or improperly do levelling, he is obligated to fill over break or poorly levelled part with the plain concrete C 12/15

The excavation shall be carried out with all necessary measures for securing excavation sides by scarpering or supporting.

Any damage caused by the Contractor to his unsuccessful or unsound work, failure to support the endangered parts, or from any cause caused by his guilt, he shall on his own expenses correct the damage.

All excavations must be cleaned of any foreign and bulk material, exaggerated and stained. The Contractor shall not start making the foundation etc. until the supervisory authority examines and accepts the excavation and enter in the building log required accounting data.

If during the excavation it encounters unforeseen parts of buildings, archaeological and other findings, the Contractor is obliged to act upon the order of the supervisory body.

The material from the excavation shall be used for the necessary fillings next to the foundation, below the floors etc. provided that it is suitable for fillings. Leave such material near a side from the excavation or take it to a temporary landfill and later use it for filling. The excess material from the excavation is taken to a permanent landfill.

NOTE: Filling underneath panels and in addition to all walls and foundations must be done immediately and without unnecessary delay, in order to avoid unnecessary water dripping of the excavation.

Before starting the excavating, be sure to read the geo-mechanical report and adhere to the recommendation relating to earthworks. The quantities of earthworks are approximate, and the exact quantities will be determined on the basis of recorded profiles in the field and building log. Disposal of unnecessary material at an authorized landfill designated by the Employer - to 10km from site, plan the quantities of disposal at the landfill.

Construction control

The contractor is obliged to organize geodetic construction control from the first days. The persons who manage the construction of the building or some of the works, as executives of the expert supervision, should have the appropriate professional qualifications as given in the "Law on Planning and Construction". The company is obliged to have qualified and responsible workers for all tasks.

All workplaces must be covered by the staff in an optimal number, so that the construction can be done in a proper shift: night, day and holiday. Night shifts must be composed the best and will only perform those works which can be subsequently controlled and whose quality of work cannot be conditioned by deteriorated quality of the part of the facility.

For the execution of works at this facility, all regulations and norms that are inforce at the time of opening the works on execution of the facility must be obeyed. During the construction period, the Employer's supervision service must monitor the fulfilment of the conditions laid down by the regulations and standards for the material from which the building is built and the conditions of execution of the structure.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 51: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 5111 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Taking of test samples of concrete cubes will be done according to valid standards.

Since the transport is of unequal duration for certain structural elements, this will be taken regularly at the site of the concrete installation. In days with express humidity instability in the air, when too much or too little - taking concrete for samples will be done from the element itself before compacting by vibration.

The reinforcement must be cut, bent and shaped exactly as it is foreseen by the project. The reinforcement must not be clogged, dirty or too rusty (it must not crack).

General conditions for the execution of reinforced concrete structures.

Prior to the execution of structures and elements of concrete, reinforced and pre-stressed concrete, the contractor shall, on the basis of the design of the works, pursuant to Art. 232 PBAB, develop a concrete design including:a) composition of concrete mixtures, quantities and technical conditions for designb) class of concretec) plan of concreting, organization and equipmentd) transport and installation of concrete mixe) way of nursing lined concretef) program for controlling concrete componentsg) program of control, sampling and testing of concrete mix and concrete by batchesh) an element assembly plan, a scaffolding design for complex constructions, and a formwork design for

special types of formwork.

The concrete design must be given to the supervisory authority for approval.

The contractor is obliged to study and apply in his work on this building all applicable regulations in the field of construction.

The Contractor is obliged, prior to the beginning of concreting of constructive reinforced concrete parts, to invite the Supervisory Body or his representative to review the reinforcement in general and issue the approval for the start of concreting. It is only possible to start concreting only when the Employer approves it by entering it in the building log. The contractor can use higher grade of concrete if he purchases concrete from the concrete factory that takes responsibility for the quality of concrete or if the Contractor has a concrete factory and an auxiliary laboratory on the construction site. All concrete and reinforced concrete works shall be carried out of Portland cement of the appropriate quality and inert aggregate - pure washed gravel, with the addition of the required amount of water, and in accordance with the current regulations for the construction of concrete and reinforced concrete structures according to the Regulations for concrete and reinforced concrete.

Place the cement on the construction site in the original factory bags, and keep it in the closed room with raised floor and ventilation to protect against moisture, draft or heat. In case of prolonged laying in the warehouse, the cement should be moved every 14 days. When preparing concrete and reinforced concrete structures, two types of cement for the same structural element should not be used.

If in the performance of concrete and reinforced concrete works the quality is lower than the conditioned in the description of the works, or within the limits of tolerance permitted by the applicable technical regulations for the construction of concrete structures, such embedded concrete can be received if the reduced quality of the concrete does not call into question the stability of the constructed structure , which the Contractor must guarantee, with a solid test load and appropriate measurements, by detailed testing of the quality of the construction. There must be an attestation of a specialized and authorized organization.

In the event of a need to carry out the compression test of individual constructions, the Contractor shall bear the costs for this if these tests are necessary due to the unfulfilled grade of embedded concrete, regardless of the results to be given by this examination.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 52: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 5211 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

If necessary compression tests are done at the request of the Employer or the Supervisory Authority, and the results of the test or control bodies were satisfactory, the cost is charged to the Supervision. Only in case of negative results obtained by compression test, the costs are borne by the Contractor. The contractor is obliged to submit evidence of the quality of the material, for cement, water and aggregates before starts making the concrete. Before, during and after the work is done, the contractor must ensure that there are no adverse effects on the concrete or prevent if there are any impacts that require special protection measures.

The Contractor shall establish the Protective Measures with the Employer. The Contractor will execute measures for the protection of building concrete parts from frosts according to a special situation. All damages due to insufficient concrete protection will be compensated by the Contractor at his own expense. Before concreting, inspect the scaffold, formwork and support in terms of shape and stability and during the concreting process, control them. It is obligatory to wet formwork two times before concreting.

Lay down the concrete in a mechanical manner. Manual embedding of concrete can only be allowed exceptionally, when it comes to small quantities in unattended structures, but only with the express permission of the Supervisory Authority (pavements, smaller channels, etc.). When concreting, make sure that the reinforcement remains in the set position and be wrapped with concrete on all sides. Interruption and continuation of concreting shall be carried out according to the technical regulations (and instructions of the Supervising Authority). The surface to which the concrete is being continued must be carefully cleaned, all the shells of the plaster and aggregate are removed and well-soaked. Protect the constructed structure within three days from the influence of the sun, wind and cold, watering, covering, etc.

After removing the formwork, any repair of the damaged structures is prohibited without the prior approval of the Supervisory Authority. This applies in particular to the plastering of segregated sites.

Concrete materials

Steel for the production of reinforced concrete structures is foreseen in the types produced by our factories. Quality acceptance is carried out according to the norms. Steel delivery is carried out in an industrial manner.

For standard elements, it would be useful for the company to order rods in specified length. The reinforcement calculation was adopted according to the new Serbian standard for concrete steel SRPS EN 10080 (Official Gazette No. 7 of 30 January 2009, p. 332) with marks B500A, B500B, B500C with a minimum flow point of 500MPa. The details will be more closely specified type of welding and where they will be carried out on the reinforcement.

It is noted that, taking into account the construction stage, and therefore a lot of interruptions and continuance of reinforcements, this should be given due attention. If the contracting company foresees the holding of cement on the construction site, which means that the concreting of the concrete is foreseen to be on the site:- Cement should be placed on the construction site so that its already established quality is not placed in

danger.- Cement attachments are a matter of the company and require norms, that is, regulations for their

minima, which are conditioned by the required concrete density for the removal of the risk of corrosion of the reinforcement

Cement dosage is a matter of the company and require norms, that is, regulations for its minimum, which is conditioned by the required concrete density for the eliminating the risk of corrosion of the reinforcement.- As a rule, the high quality of concrete should not be achieved by increasing over the usual amount of

cement, but with the other requirements of concrete technology.- At the construction site must be carried out all the tests of cement that are anticipated by regulations.

These tests, in addition to the evidence of the standard of the delivered quantity, also show the

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 53: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 5311 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

influence of restraint and proper care on its quality. If possible, cements with less iron oxides should be selected, giving natural concrete to the dirty-dark colour (rust). Thus, the surface of the natural-concrete would have a better appearance.

- The aggregate must be of such a granulometric composition and purity as to obtain the concrete of continuous characteristic. This defined aggregate assumes: delivery in fractions from 0-4mm, 4-8mm, 8- 16mm and 16-31,5mm. If a fraction of 0-4mm granulometric, in the sense of homogeneity does not suit, a separation in at least two sub-fractions 0-1mm and 1-4mm should be required. For concrete elements d = 8cm, use a maximum grain size of 16 mm. If the concrete is being made on the construction site, the accommodation should be carried out in bunkers or in some other way, but with clear separation of fractions and protection against pollution. From the method of maintaining the amount of water for the preparation of concrete depends the degree to which the aggregate needs to be protected from its change in humidity. If it shows that it is dirty, the aggregate must be pre-washed and washed during granulation. In the event that concrete is made in the concrete factory, far from the construction site, the Employer's supervision service must be provided full insight into the production of concrete. The Authorized Supervisory Authority may also require prior tests as evidence of the possibility, and in particular the standardization of concrete production. In the case of concrete production in the factory, Portland cements must be used with a binding time of at least 3-4 hours and checked for shrinkage.

The supervisory authority has the right to control the conditions of cement storage in the factory. In cement storage areas, the types of cement, production dates should be clearly marked, and care must be taken to avoid confusion and mixing. If the cement was lying longer than 3 months, its testing prior to use is mandatory.

Basic steel construction material

The contractor is obliged to establish an order specification, according to which the selected rolling mill will perform rolling and delivery of the material. In doing so, it must be ensured that the supplied material complies with the standards prescribed in the design.

When preparing ordering specifications, the Contractor shall take into account the necessary additives for distructive and subsequent tests. Elements that are particularly emphasized:

Tolerance on the weight of sheet metal and wide flat steel is recognized as -0% to +4%. This tolerance applies to the entire delivery, not to individual sheet metals and relates to the theoretical weight calculated with the volume mass of 8.00 t/m3. The steel must be produced by melting by the Simens-Marten (SM) method or by some other method that guarantees steel of the same or better properties, e.g. "Corrected convertible " steel or steel from electric furnace.

The material used in the construction must comply with the applicable standards.

Special conditions

Mechanical and chemical properties of materials SRPS C.B0.500 must be fulfilled for all thicknesses from the order specification. The base material must be weldable, resistant to brittle fracture. These properties are demonstrated by the impact toughness tests that should satisfy the values given in SRPS C.B0.500. The installation of double sheets is prohibited. Double sheet is detected by ultrasound examination.

Attestations for basic steel material must contain the following information: number of batch to which shortage relates, standards and qualifications required by project documentation and prescribed actual values of chemical and mechanical characteristics of the material. Attestation in the form of statements that the material complies with the required quality are not permitted and must not be taken as evidence of the quality of the material.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 54: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 5411 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Welding

The Contractor is obliged, within the bid, to provide all necessary evidence that his professional work force and the equipment that will be engaged in the construction have valid certificates issued by one of the Authorized Institutes. The complete equipment to be used on works on the construction, assembly and quality control of the steel structure must be in good working order and subject to inspection by the Supervising Engineer.

The technologies for performing welding works, the material used and the control procedures must be in accordance with the above standards.

In principle for welded structures dynamically loaded the electrodes with a basic base and low hydrogen content electrodes are recommended. Statically loaded welded structures can also be used with electrodes coated with medium and thick a thick cloak of acidic character. For semi-automatic welding of structural elements, the EPP2 (or Sinkord) wire is applied under the protection of imported UM 50 or domestic of proper quality.

If the rolled profiles made of unkilled steel C.0370 are butt welded to the height of the entire cross-section, the load of this welded carrier exposed to bending is reduced by 50% of the nominal load. It is recommended for the contractor to ensure that such built welded processes are covered with the suspenders of adequate load and welded for the basic cross-section with angular seams. In this case, the carrying capacity of the carriage continued with the suspenders can be taken with 100%.

Quality control of welded joints

The quality control of welded joints is performed by the Contractor in cooperation with the engineers of one of the authorized institutes. A special archive of documents related to the quality control of welded joints must be established in the workshop and on the construction site. The archive must be equipped with a table for review of film and a catalogue IIW with etalon films. The final assessment of the quality of each joint is given by the Supervising Engineer.

Angular seams must be dimensioned according to the design documentation. The manufacturer is obliged to control all angular seams in dimensions and quality.

Qualitative control can be done visually through magnifying glasses or by “Difuterm” by penetrating dye. Dimension control is done using special templates. The results of the control must be stated in writing.

Butt seams are made according to the applicable technical regulations in three qualities: special, quality I and quality II. Quality control of seam seams is usually done by radiographic procedure. Permitted seam graded range from 1-3. Seams rated by grade 4 must be repaired, seams of grade 5 are rejected as unsuitable. The results of the control must be covered by a separate study.

Screw Bolts

Prior to the commencement of appropriate works, the Contractor is obliged to provide all necessary evidence that his equipment has a valid certificate issued by one of the authorized institutes. The complete equipment to be used in the construction, assembly and quality control of the steel structure must be in good working order and subject to inspection by the Supervising Engineer. The technology of work on joints with VV screws and screws of lower strength class, material used and quality control must be in accordance with the above standards.

Protection against corrosion

The contractor must define the anti-corrosion protection systems that will apply on individual surfaces of the steel structure and submit with them the appropriate certificates issued by one of the authorized institutes.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 55: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 5511 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

The systems offered must comply with the provisions of the Regulation on Technical Measures and Conditions for the Protection of Steel Structures from Corrosion (Official Gazette of SFRY No. 32/70).

The order, type and technology of application and the way of control of the coating by the anticipated anticorrosion protection system must be contained in the relevant studies. As a rule, the surface preparation is carried out by a jet of an abrasive. The degree of cleanliness of the surface will be determined according to SIS 053900.

After cleaning and dusting, the surfaces of the steel elements must be protected either with pre-protection or immediately with the first primer, and within 8 hours. The degree of cleaning of surfaces in terms of Article 24 of the said Rulebook must satisfy the criterion 2 1/2 SIS. Preparation depending on the equipment of the workshop, can be performed immediately before the material enters the workshop and after the completion of the workshop.

When installing a steel structure, make sure that the areas covered by the strap are pre-treated and the have second priming coating so that all parts of the insulated structure have the same degree of protection.

The contractor must ensure optimal conditions for the storage and application of selected coatings in the construction site in accordance with the approved studies, provided with the instructions of the manufacturer or certificates of the Institute, for the offered anti-corrosion coatings.

The contractor must provide all the necessary equipment and standards for control on the construction site.

EARTHWORKS

Prior to the commencement of earthworks, the contractor is obliged to clear the land on which the object is being built, from weeds, trees and shrubs. Then, in the presence of the supervisory authority - the representative of the Employer, the contractor should mark the site on the ground, cover the entire terrain, which is covered by the construction, transversely and longitudinally, and this should be entered and recorded in the building log. These data will be used to calculate ground masses. The unit price of the excavation also includes the protection of trees which will not be cut with formwork. The joint representative of the Employer and the contractor at the site determines the category of land, according to the instructions from the average norms in construction and the temporary technical regulations for earthworks.

Securing and dismantling the sides of the excavation, securing adjacent objects - excavated installations, according to the nature of the land and the position of the adjacent objects, and this protection work should be foreseen in the price of the excavation of the relevant items of the budget, as it will not be paid separately, unless specifically stated.

Calculation of excavation of soil masses is done according to the excavation done in the dimensions of the outer edges of concrete and min. width of the trench, extended for the thickness of shoring. The pumping of permanent ground water, atmospheric water and occasional water inflow in the trench will not be paid separately, it is included in the unit price of the excavation. If the excavation of a soil occurs on objects of archaeological value, it is urgent to notify the competent authorities, through the representative of the Employer, of the findings, and to stop the work on that part until further notice.

TRENCH DEPTH

Depth of the trench depends on the ground in which the pipeline is laid, from mechanical loads, from the freezing depth, and from other factors that influence the route of the pipeline itself (crossing with other underground installations, diversion with rises or falls, etc.). The minimum cover of the pipe is 0.4m, and in regions with freezing of 0.8 m, even up to 1 m. The highest thickness of the layer above the pipe depends on the characteristics of the earth and the pipes. The contractor's obligation is to provide the appropriate

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 56: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 5611 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

technical documentation from the pipe manufacturer before the start of the works, in order to determine the maximum permissible thickness of the soil layer above the pipe.

If the terrain configuration is such that the maximum permissible thickness of the overlay layer above the pipe is exceeded, it is necessary to apply the load bearing plates. Dimensioning of these plates is done according to the construction static. Below high traffic loads, it is recommended to have more coverage, security with concrete pipes or pipe halves or concrete load bearing plates.

TRENCH BASE

The bottom of the trench shall be levelled as designed slope, and enough and evenly settled to achieve the load capacity of the entire length. The shaken ground should be compacted, and the leak-proof ground should be replaced with a rock foundation and a fine gravel embankment. Cover the bottom of the trench with at least 10 cm of sand and tramp well.

The surface of the bottom of the trench must be completely flat and without any pieces of rocks or oscillations from the walls of the trench. The placement of the pipe must not begin until the representative of the Employer in the presence of the contractor does not inspect and receive the excavations, and until he enters into the building book the calculated data on completed excavations. If during the excavation there are some unforeseen works, parts of a demolished object, etc. these works will be paid separately, unless they are covered by item regarding the demolition of existing buildings. For these works, the contractor must provide a subsequent analysis of the costs as for the contingency works.

DUMPING – BACKFILLING

Dumping with send: Before making a sand bedding, the pipeline route must be approved for further work by the responsible construction manager.

Pipes are placed on the mounting pads of min. 10 cm thick, and then the pipe is filled with at least 10 cm thick layer of sand. The sand should be skewed and carefully hand-compressed in layers. Bulk grains of sand 0-4 mm with rounded edges, screening curves should comply with “EN 489”. When compacting the sand, special attention should be paid to the spaces between the pipes and the dilatation supports, which should be completely filled with sand in order to avoid the appearance of the cavity. During the execution of these works, the pads placed under the pipe must be removed.

In order to avoid leaving the cavity, the sand around the pipe must be carefully pinched by the hand and then to start backfilling the pipes. Fill the remaining height of the trench with the excavated material. In the field, where there is a risk of rinsing the soil in a sandpit, protect the sandy layer with plastic foil.

Machine loading of the ground is allowed only 30 cm above the cover pipe head.

Damping with soil: all damping with soil involve the use of soil from excavations or landfills. Humus and various waste materials must not be used for backfilling - with organic waste that rotates, but only a clean soil.

Depending on the level of filling, soil moisture and other circumstances, the filling and compaction will be performed in layers of 20-30 cm thickness with the possible wetting of the soil, unless otherwise indicated by the bill of quantities.

Whenever it is possible to make the damping with machine loading, and in any case, all damping must be completely stable.

Damping with gravel: The backfilling of the trench that is located in the street, pavement, parking is done by gravel of natural granulation or crushed aggregate. The backfilling shall be carried out in layers with the compression to the required compaction, and to the bearing layer of the pavement structure. The compaction of each layer is specifically examined by an authorized laboratory.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 57: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 5711 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

CONCRETE AND REINFORCED CONCRETE WORKS

All concrete and reinforced concrete works shall be carried out in accordance with applicable regulations.

For each position and type of work, the indicative size of the cross-section and the grade of concrete must be indicated, which the contractor proves with the test and control bodies at the Institute for testing construction materials, according to the regulations specified in the above instructions. Contractor is obliged to prepare the test standards of the cube in the presence of the supervisory authority. The finding of the Material Testing Authority is also applicable to both the Contractor and the Employer. The costs of this test are borne by the contractor and are included in the price.

If the structures are made of waterproof concrete, this is specified in the design documentation.

In the event of the need to carry out the compression test of individual structures, the costs for this are borne by the contractor. If the test is conducted at the request of the Employer or the supervisory authority, and the results of the tests or control bodies were satisfactory, then the costs fall at the expense of the Employer. Only in case of negative results obtained by the compression test, the costs are borne by the contractor.

All works should be carried out according to drafts, details and static calculation, solidly and professionally, with appropriate skilled labour and under expert supervision.

The construction and installation of concrete is carried out as a rule by mechanical means, manual installation is permitted only with the approval of the supervisory authority, and when it comes to small quantities and for poorly stressed structures and elements.

The supervisory authority has the right to require the contractor to, when mixing concrete, to control the dosage of cement, to appoint a worker, to be chosen by the supervisory authority, which the contractor is obliged to execute.

Manual embedding is done by good padding in layers and by typing on formwork, and mechanical installation is done by vibrator and per-vibrator. When the depth of scattering is greater than 1 m, the lowering of the concrete must be done by means of the "funnel".

MATERIAL FOR CONSTRUCTION WORKS

All materials used must comply with the technical requirements of the Regulations on Technical Measures and Conditions for Concrete and Reinforced Concrete as follows:

Aggregate - in all according to SRPS:

B.B0.001, B.B8.001 to B.B8.047, U.М8.002.

Cement - in all according to SRPS:

B.С1.012, B.C1.018, B.C8.023.

Water - for concrete can be used e water for which there is an evidence that it is suitable for making concrete. In addition, where according to the design there is a need, fully adhere to SRPS

U.М1.058. Reinforcing steel - all according to SRPS.

Sheets for formwork, scaffolding, supports in everything according to SRPS:

D.B1.020, D.B1.021, D.B1.024, D.B1.025, D.C1.030, D.C1.031, D.C1.033.

Waterproof concrete - standard SRPS U.M1.015 in terms of determining the waterproof grade and quality control of concrete.

ASPHALTING (PAVING)

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 58: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 5811 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Asphalting is the obligation of Employer.

WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE

Hydraulic testing of the sewerage network

When constructing a sewage system, it is necessary to test the built network, as is the case with the water supply system, in order to know the quality of the works. Excessive infiltration of water into the grid (external water entrance) or exfiltration (loss of wastewater from the grid to the ground) must not be allowed. Both phenomena can lead to instability of the building, and the pruning of dirty water into the terrain can have consequences from the sanitary standpoint. In order to ensure the necessary waterproofing of the sewerage network, it is necessary that the pipes (ducts) be watertight, and the joints should be made to seal under certain conditions. In a well-executed network there should be neither filtration nor exfiltration.

The quality of the made joints and network shall be checked as follows:а) in the terrain with groundwater - when water is penetrated into a pipeline at a natural level of

groundwater, if the groundwater level is 2-4 m above the pipe's circumference, the amount of water caught in the pipe should not exceed the values given in Table 1. At a level of groundwater higher than 4 m, the permissible amount of water perpendicularly increases by 10% for each subsequent meter of the increased backwater (over 4 m).

b) in dry terrain - when infiltrating from the pipeline to the ground. To perform this test, a part of the sewage pipeline between the manholes is filled with water up to a height of 4 m above the top of the pipe. In the upstream manhole, the loss should not exceed the values given in Table 1.

c) in the terrain with lower groundwater - where the groundwater level is less than 2 m above the top of the pipe, the loss of water from the pipe is examined. The test shall be carried out the same as under (b).

Checking the sewerage network for waterproofing is done before the pipe is backfilled in the trench.

In the ground with high groundwater, the test is done by measuring the amount of water that flows into the net, on the overflow which is placed in the channel at the downstream manhole.

Testing plumbing pipes for test pressure

All built water pipelines (main pipelines and networks) must be tested for test pressure before commissioning. The purpose of this study is to establish the waterproofing of the constructed pipeline and its stability. In the examination, it should be noted that certain tubular materials absorb a certain amount of water. The waterproofing of the water supply system is tested by internal water pressure. Only steel welded pipes can be tested with compressed air. The constructed pipeline is tested by working, nominal and test pressure.

The procedure for testing and placing the pipeline in operation is as follows: Filling the pipeline Pre-testing Main testing Control testing Final testing

Washing and disinfection of pipelines

The pipeline test is carried out by sections, which should not be longer than 300-500 m. The pipeline partition shall be carried out by the supervisory authority (unless the design is divided into sections),

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 59: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 5911 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

depending on the length of the pipeline, the time schedule of the works and Plan for backfilling the trench on individual sections, and depending on the depth of the trench and the quality of the material.

Before the start of the test, the pipeline on the test section must be partially backfilled: a dike of 30 to 50 cm. All connections must be free and accessible. Prior to the start of testing the pipeline on the section, it must be fixed to the supports at the ends and anchors on all curves and branches. The supports can only be removed when the test is completed and the pipeline is unloaded. During the test, it is forbidden to hold around the stand near the support in order to avoid accidents.

TECHNICAL CONDITIONS FOR EXECUTION OF ELECTRIC WORKS

General

Prior to the commencement of works, the Contractor is obliged to know in detail the complete documentation. The contractor is also obliged to inspect the construction site and to determine the condition of the construction works. Found defects - remarks are obligated to report to the Employer, and with him, the Supervising Authority and the Designer, to reach an agreement on the works or possible changes. All mounting materials must be unused (new). All installed equipment must be supplied with appropriate approvals. Contractor is obliged to:

– install the facility in accordance with design,– install the facility in accordance with technical regulations, instructions and standards,– to take all necessary measures for the safety of workers, passers-by and traffic, as well as the safety

of the facilities being carried out and the adjacent facilities,– to perform the proper organization of work so as to interfere as little as possible with the work of

other companies or services,– during the performance of the works to enter into a design and display with red ink in a graphic, all

deviations from the approved documentation.

All installations must be tested. The testing of all installations must be performed by the Contractor, with the mandatory presence of the Supervisory Authority. Minutes shall be drawn up for the performed tests and have to include following:

– test subject,– a list of persons who performed and attended the tests,– date of test and test time,– the circumstances under which the test is carried out (temperature, rain, snow),– the method of testing, with the indication of the apparatus and devices used to carried out the test,– results of the test with accurate results,– the personal signature of the persons who were doing the tests and who were present at during the

tests.

Technical requirements for equipment - electrical energy part

Aggregates (pump with associated el. motor)

The pump must be designed and manufactured in accordance with applicable European standards, high reliability and European RoHS directives: the materials from which the pump is made do not contain dangerous materials (lead, mercury, cadmium, hexavalent chromium, PBB, PBDE) above the permitted limits (RoHS Directive, 2002/95/CE. The electric motor of the aggregate intended for operation with the frequency controller must be equipped with insulated bearings assembly or insulated bearings to eliminate bearing currents with the built-in Pt100 sensors in the coils and bearings.

In the coils, two sets of Pt100 sensors are to be installed for each coil-working and spare, connected to the separate terminal box.

Technical data of the required aggregate:

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 60: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 6011 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Pump type: Manufacturer: Capacity: Head: Rated speed: n= 1450 rpm Power of the electric motor: (selects the pump manufacturer, minimum power kW) Connections: suction DN PN / discharge DN PN

Pumps are delivered with counter flanges, bonding, sealing and connection material, for working conditions:

t= °C and p= bar

The obligation of the supplier is the preparation and delivery of assembly conditions, checking the conformity of concrete conditions of installation on the foundation and connection to the existing system, monitoring and checking during assembly of the units, verification of the properly performed assembly and connection to the system.

An integral part of the documentation that comes with the aggregate and after assembly:- Levelling check,- Vibro-diagnostic tests according to ISO 10814,- Check the shaft alignment,- Factory test report in accordance with EN ISO 9906:2000,- Calculation of the force and moment on the flanges after connecting to the system.

Electric motor data Data on start-up mode1. Motor type: Three-phase,

asynchronous1. Coupling type: Flexible

2. Type of rotor: squirrel cage 2. Start method: Via frequency controller

3. Rated power: According to the requirements of the operating machine and the pump control range

3. Number of successive starts from the warm state:

/

4. Rated voltage: Un = 400 V 4. Number of starts: /5. Rated frequency: fn = 50 Hz Additional requirements6. Speed: n = 1450 о/min

-10 о/max1. Permissible overload: 1,1 Pn

7. Drive type: S1 2. Request for the coil isolation class:

Н

8. Standard: IEC 34 3. Connection box: (**)9. Cooling method: air Additional equipment10. Shape: B3 1. Thermal protection: yes11. Enclosure: motor - IP 55,

connection box – IP 55

2. Measuring the temperature of the bearing:

yes

12. The direction of rotation (*):

left 3. Measurement of the coil temperature: (1+1) (***)

yes

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 61: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 6111 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

13. Braking by motor: No 4. Anti-condensing heaters:

no

Ambient conditions Efficiency: Min. 95%1. Temperature: < 400 C (*) – seen from the process side2. Elevation: < 1000 м (**) – number and diameter of the lead must

correspond to the number of power cables and their diameters, according to the request of the selected frequency regulator.Connection box is to be constructed with the consent of the Employer(***) – temperature sensor for measuring the temperature of the windings of a piece of six (6), two in phase, working and spare and all done on the terminal box

Frequency controller with output sine filter

Requirement

STANDARDS:International Electro technical Commission IEC 61800-5-1 AC Drives Standard.

Harmonic standard: IEEE-519/1993, G5/4European Directives for Safety and EMC. EN60204-1, EN61800-3 category C3.ISO 9001, ISO 14001 for manufacturers of frequency controllersEN 50178/EN60068-2-6 standard for vibrationIEC 60721-3-3, class 3C2 standard for chemical vapors,IEC 60721-3-3, class 3S2 standard for mechanical particlesCHARACTERISTICS:The frequency controller can withstand the fluctuation of the input voltage and frequency in the range from +/- 10%Frequency controller with U/f and vector control for optimal operation in the control range from 0,2 Hz to 60 Hz Minimum degree of mechanical protection IP 54The frequency controller is factory fitted with an input LCL filter in alternating circuits, which reduces multiple harmonics (THDi) to a level of 5% of the base harmonicThe frequency controller has a modular construction with a clear separation of energy and control part.Frequency controller has the ability to program with a software tool for upgrading and developing new applications according to the standard IEC 61131 or IEC 1131.Frequency controller have the ability to operate in parallel in the automatic mode at the same frequency to maintain the flow (pressure) without the use of PLC.

Factory-integrated EMC filter for EMC protection according to the above standardsThe control electronics of the frequency controller can be supplied from a separate 24V source without the main power supply being switched on to adjust the parameters and use of the profibus.The frequency controller has an automatic data recorder with a sampling time of 1 ms or less. In the event of an error, it is possible to check all values before, during and after the occurrence of an error. All values are stored in the frequency controller.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 62: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 6211 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Requirement

An active HMI overview is programmable so that the home screen can appear automatically after the end of using the keyboard in a programmable range of 1 second to 1 second (20 sec - 1 min - possible programmingWhen under voltage, the frequency controller has the option of selecting the cooling fan operation in 3 modes: continuous, according to the temperature of the cooler or the temperature of the IGBTs.The frequency controller has a minimum of eight (8) standard speeds. The frequency regulator has the ability to automatically reset the errorThe frequency regulator has the possibility of automatically adjusting the output frequency due to the fluctuation of the input voltageThe frequency regulator has the possibility to automatically adjust the parameters for optimal operation of the electric motorThe frequency regulator should be factory-fitted with a protective switchThe frequency regulator is equipped with a dU/dt filterThe frequency regulator should be factory-fitted with ferrite rings

COMMUNICATION:7 digital inputs (OPT-A3 instead OPT-A2)2 analogue inputs3 digital (relay) outputs1 analogue outputs.Communication interface for Profibus DP-redundantThe frequency regulator has the option of accepting at least five optional cards for additional I/O communication.

PROTECTION:Short-circuit protection of the regulatorDC overvoltage protectionRectifier temperature control - announcement and disconnection.Inverter temperature control - announcement and disconnectionCommunication control between the master device and frequency controllers - announcement and disconnectionEarth-resistance protection of electric motorsOvercurrent protection of the electric motorOverload protection with time delay - announcement and disconnectionProtection in case of load interruptionDisconnection in the case of over speeding with time delayProtection against current asymmetryProtection against rotor braking, the ability to adjust the response time, current and frequencyMonitoring and displaying the temperature of the windings and bearings with Pt 100 sensors for a total of 5 (Pt 100) signalsMEASUREMENTSEffective motor current valueEffective motor voltage valueOutput engine power in kilowatts (or %)Output frequency expressed in Hz or% (0 -100%)The possibility to assign the measured values to the analogue output 4-20 mA or 0-10V for display

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 63: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 6311 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Requirement

on the optional output meter.The ability to display measured parameters via HMI.

Requirements for the execution of electrical installations

All works for this project shall be carried out in accordance with the applicable technical regulations and RS standards. All materials used for this installation must be of superior quality.

When performing works, the Contractor is obliged to take into account the already performed works. If during the execution of works the electrical installation would unnecessarily or due to negligence be damaged, the damage will be borne by the Electrical Contractor. In wet rooms the installation must be in waterproof performance. The main supply lines between the cabinets must be from one part and permanently laid in the required places and mechanically protected. For all distribution cabinets, the Manufacturer will provide nameplates for the identification of certain parts, cars, functions, etc. The contractor is obliged to check that all tiles are set according to the project and if they are not, to place them.

The Manufacturer or the Contractor is obliged to permanently mark each cabinet according to the design.

Before connecting cables, (cores) to terminals, the Contractor will be required to identify each core in the cable, (if not marked), a suitable technical method, (instruments, bulbs, and the like). During this check, the core to be determined must be separated from the terminals on both sides and no voltage greater than 6 V must be used for checking. If there are equipment of different voltage in a distribution cabinet, it should be grouped and visibly separated. A single-pole diagram must be placed on the door of the distribution cabinet with all circuits marked.

MEASURING AND CONTROL DEVICES - INSTRUMENTATION

General

Perform measurement and regulation work in accordance with the technical documentation, in accordance with the regulations, standards and technical norms and quality standards applicable to this type of works, installations and equipment. In the case of assembly, testing and commissioning, the contractor is obliged to know in detail all the instructions of the equipment manufacturers and to comply with all of them. If during installation works the need for deviation from the solutions provided for in the technical documentation is required, the contractor is obliged to obtain the written consent of the Employer's supervisory authority, that is, in case of significant deviation from the responsible designer.

Installation of devices and equipment

The contractor is obliged, after receiving all equipment at the facility, to verify its compliance with the technical documentation for the works. The results of all checks and tests should be recorded on the appropriate check sheets, signed by the contractor and the supervisor.

The contractor is responsible for not installing any device or part of the equipment to interfere with the subsequent installation of some other equipment or to be exposed to damage during the installation of another equipment. No device or part of the equipment must be mounted so as to rely on process pipelines, impulse lines and electrical connections. When installing measuring devices in the pipeline line, the contractor is obliged to adhere to the assembly drawings of the equipment manufacturers. Particular attention must be paid to the following:

The direction of fluid flow; The exact inner diameter of the sealant on the flange connection.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 64: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 6411 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

All devices or parts of equipment that are installed directly on pipelines or containers must be connected to the connection- reducing nozzles, which have previously been welded onto the pipeline or vessel by the machine assembly contractor or the vessel supplier. These extensions are generally part of the delivery of measuring and control equipment. When installing all devices and equipment, they must be located in such a way that they are accessible in any position for eventual interventions or dismantling or replacement. In doing so, care must be taken to measure the pressure transducers so that the impulse line is as short as possible. It should also be checked that the location of the impulse line connection can affect the measurement, and if necessary, relocated it.

When assembling regulating executive bodies, the contractor is obliged to comply with the assembly drawings and instructions of the manufacturer. Particular attention must be paid to:

Position and fastening of the executive body, Direction of fluid flow (according to the requirements of the manufacturer).

All mounting elements that are not already protected against corrosion (galvanized, cadmium, plasticized or similar) must be cleaned of corrosion and coated with a protective coating that meets ambient conditions.

Conditions for assembly of a process (impulse) installation

Impulse lines, which transmit the pressure to the measuring transducers, should be placed vertically or with a slope greater than 10% in relation to the horizontal, where the slope should always be in the same direction. For the reliance of impulse pipes do not use process pipelines, except in cases where there are no other possibilities. In the case of exceptional use of pipelines, it is mandatory to determine the breakable couplings on the impulse pipe.

Installation of electrical installations

All types of cables for these installations are guided through protective steel tubes and galvanized perforated cable carriers (racks, shelves). From the outlet from the protective pipe to the device mounted in the process the cable is protected from mechanical and other damage by a metal flexible hose (so-called “Sapa” pipe) which is adapted to both ends so that the connection to the device and the protective tube is separated. Protective tubes for laying cables must be protected against corrosion by being coated with a protective (basic coating) and at least one layer of protective coating for metal, and with the prior cleaning of the previously formed corrosion. The radius of the bending of the protective tube must not be less than 15 × D (where D is the inner diameter of the tube).

Process pipelines should not be used to wear protective pipes, unless there are other options for this. In this case, on the detachable piping connections, boxes with regular clamps must be provided.

Measured and signal-shielded cables are separated separately from other unprotected cables on special shelves. Power, command and signal cables, if they are without shield or without fittings, must not be placed in the same shelves. Power, control and signal cables of measurement and regulation, without a shield, having a voltage greater than 50V, can be put together with the command-signal cables of the electric motor drive on the same floor, in places where no special shelves are provided.

In parallel laying of expanded cables for measuring and controlling energy cables, the smallest spacing is 300 mm. When crossing cables for measuring and regulating energy cables, the crossing should be carried out at right angles and with a minimum distance of at least 100 mm. In places where this is not possible, a metal protector should be installed and grounded.

Marking

For all tables and cabinets, the manufacturer is obliged to provide nameplates for the identification of certain parts, circuits, functions, etc. The contractor is obliged to check that all the nameplates are placed in

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 65: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 6511 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

accordance with the technical documentation, as well as to perform the necessary placement of the tiles, if they are not provided by the equipment supplier.

TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION

For tests during construction and installation: The contractor prepares a timetable for all required tests and is responsible for planning,

implementing and producing documentation for all tests. The Contractor must notify the Supervisory Body in due time in order to be able to attend all

necessary inquiries.

All required tests must comply with the following conditions: The contractor is obliged to make a test procedure to be used during the different verification

periods. Each procedure must include a description that provides instructions for their implementation and the documentation necessary for the evaluation.

The technical description and necessary working documentation must be submitted to the Employer.

Test procedures must be prepared in agreement with the Employer.

Tests during pre-commissioning

Testing of measuring and control installation

Tests performed by the Contractor prior to putting into trial operation should include testing of newly formed electrical installations and checking the functionality of measuring and control equipment individually and as functional units (pre-setting). The test shall be carried out in accordance with applicable regulations. The test site must be installed on the complete equipment supplied. All software included in the delivery must be delivered, installed and operational.

Inspection of the supplied equipment and software

Checking of the equipment- Supplied hardware, number and type- Installation

Checking of the software- Delivery of application software- Software for operating and maintenance of the system

Functional tests

Testing all functions of operation and maintenance through:- Overall check of all signals and process connections.- Overall checking and testing of all functions.- The overall review of all communications between the different systems.

The contractor must have the equipment necessary for the tests of functions which cannot be fully tested through the process equipment of the facility.

Pre-commissioning of hardware- Checking of the cables- Checking of the devices- Checking of the power supply- Functional checking of communications with the PLC via LAN - Functional checking of communication with local peripherals

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 66: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 6611 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

- Testing the essential data for all I/O from the process to the PLC

Pre-commissioning of the software- Commissioning of the software is performed by the Contractor after a positive first check of the

installed hardware.- Commissioning of system and application software.- Commissioning of the software (PLC, etc.).)- General testing of basic functions with test parameters and simulated data.

On the performed test, the contractor shall compile a report with all the necessary data and conclusions on the fulfilment of the safety and technical requirements and pre-adjustments.

TRIAL OPERATION

Putting in trial operation is carried out after the confirmed preparation for commissioning, and upon completion of the final works.

The Contractor is responsible for putting in the trial operation all the delivered equipment with the necessary (technical and technological and personal) support of the Employer.

The start and the procedure for putting into trial operation, as well as the activities related to the trial operation procedure, should be approved by the Employer in terms of work, technical capabilities and safety of the entire facility.

During commissioning, the Contractor must keep a log with detailed information about what is being tested/aligned, adjusting and updating data with results, found defects and necessary measurements.

Trial operation should last fifteen (15) days, and the term will be agreed between the Employer and the Contractor.

After commissioning the trial, all configuration documentation must be submitted to the Employer.

The final time schedule is subject to the consent of the Employer.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 67: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 6711 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

TECHNICAL CONDITIONS FOR THE EXECUTION OF MECHANICAL WORKS

General

The installation should be based on a design provided by the Contractor. All equipment should be installed according to the manufacturer's instructions and, if necessary, in consultation with him. The installation (parts of the installation) should be able to operate, without limitations, under all operating and climatic conditions. For each restriction, protective measures must be provided, if necessary. The contractor should take into account the maximum permissible values for the dimensions and weight of the components to be transported to and from the construction site. In the selection of dimensions, parts and components, standard dimensions and materials should be used in accordance with European standards and regulations. All materials and parts to be used should be in standard production and be available at the time of commissioning.

Equipment should be installed in such a way as to enable reading, testing, inspection, cleaning and maintenance without risk of injury and without the need to disassemble adjacent equipment. Equipment with limited working life should be easily accessible for replacement and repair. It should be possible to test and calibrate sensors and measuring equipment at or near their mounting site.

Equipment

The equipment that needs to be procured, delivered and installed in this facility should be of superior quality and without any undermining or defects. It needs to be reliable in long-term exploitation, not to break and to be easy to maintain.

Screw goods: Screws, nuts and elastic washers should be made of materials that are resistant to the humid conditions prevailing on the facility (galvanized steel).

Materials

All materials that will be incorporated into the facility should be of superior quality.

Cast must be compact and free of cracks, impurities, cracks or similar irregularities due to casting. The same applies to other materials: carbon steel and stainless steel, where it is foreseen (e.g. screw goods).

AccessibilityEquipment should be installed in such a way as to enable reading, testing, inspection, cleaning and maintenance without risk of injury and without the need to disassemble adjacent equipment. Equipment with limited working life should be easily accessible for replacement and repair. It should be possible to test and calibrate sensors and measuring equipment at or near their mounting site.

Working conditions

All installed equipment must meet the following operating conditions:

Water in the district heating system is softened, degassed and alkalized. The chemical composition of the water is the following:

Table 1.Parameter Unit ValueTotal hardness [°dH] 0,026 ÷ 0,03Carbonate hardness [°dH] 1,59 ÷ 2,35p – alkalinity [] 0,5 ÷ 0,65m – alkalinity [] 0,42 ÷ 0,48

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 68: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 6811 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Parameter Unit ValueFe [mg/l] 0,08 ÷ 0,1pH-value [] 9,1 ÷ 9,24

The nominal pressure for all equipment, fittings and pipelines in pump stations is PN25

The maximum permissible operating temperature of the pump station and the district heating circuit is 120C.

Environmental requirementsDuring the construction and operation of the facility, the least harmful impact on the environment should be ensured. The contractor shall indicate the necessary measures in order to limit environmental damage, and to separate them after assembly, exploration and dismantling. The use of asbestos is not permitted.

Special technical requirements for equipment

Pumps

General requirements

Pump station ( PPS – 2 ) Vinca

Single - stage circulation pump with back pull - out and with horizontal suction and vertical discharge on vertical joints on the joint frame with electric motor. The pump is supplied already adapted to regulate the operation by frequency controllers.

Required pump characteristics:- Flow: Q = 1100 – 1250 – 1400 m3/h- Head: H = 72,3 – 70 – 66,8 m- Efficiency: 80 – 82,9 – 83,1 %- NPSHr: 6,1 – 6,36 – 6,75 m- Water temperature: 110 0C- Rated pressure: PN25- Suction/discharge diameter: DN350/300

Pump materials- Casing Ductile IronEN-GJS-400-18-LT- Shaft thermally enhanced steel C45+N- Impeller stainless steel CrNiMo 1.4408- Sealing ring cast iron EN-GJL-250

With the delivery the certificates of the material hall be submitted 2.2 in accordance with ЕN10204.

Tests and certification:- Hydraulic testing and NPSH test according to ISO 9906, class 2V in the presence of Employer at the

manufacturer's factory, - Certificate 3.2 according to EN10204- Certificate 3.1 on the balancing of the impeller, according to EN10204- Certificate 3.1 on hydrostatic testing according to EN10204

Required characteristics of the electric motor:- Motor type: three-phase, asynchronous- Rotor type: squirrel cage - Nominal power: Pn = 355 kW- Nominal voltage: Un = 400 V- Nominal frequency: fn = 50 Hz

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 69: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 6911 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

- Rpm: n = 1494 rpm/min- drive type: S1- Class of isolation: H according to IEC 34 - 1- Cooling: air- Shape: В3- Enclosure: IP55- The direction of rotation: left- Max. ambient temperature: < 40 0C- Coupling: detachable with spacers- Start-up: via frequency controller- Number of starts: 5 per hour- Isolation level: Н- With thermal protection and measurement of bearing and winding temperature with RT100 sensors- Efficiency: minimum 96 %

The pump should be delivered with an integrated smart pressure transmitter with a display for displaying operating parameters: suction pressure, discharge pressure, differential pressure and qualitative indication of the operating point of the pump. The integrated smart transmitter should be supplied from the pump manufacturer completely parameterized for each pump separately, connected and ready for operation

It should enable connection to the supervisory control system and data transmission via RS485 or Modbus.

Pump station (PPIS – 1 ) Konjarnik

Single - stage circulation pump with back pull - out and with horizontal suction and vertical discharge on vertical joints on the joint frame with electric motor. The pump is supplied already adapted to regulate the operation by frequency controllers.

Required pump characteristics:- Flow: Q = 1100 – 1250 – 1400 m3/h- Head: H = 52,8 – 50 – 46,8 m- Efficiency: 79,9 – 81,1 – 81,2 %- NPSHr : 6,5 – 6,82 – 7,25 m- Water temperature: 110 0C- Rated pressure: PN25- Suction/discharge diameter: DN350/300

Pump materials- Casing ductile Iron EN-GJS-400-18-LT- Shaft thermally enhanced steel C45+N- Impeller stainless steel CrNiMo 1.4408- Sealing ring cast iron EN-GJL-250

With the delivery the certificates of the material hall be submitted 2.2 in accordance with ЕN10204

Tests and certification:- Hydraulic testing and NPSH test according to ISO 9906, class 2V in the presence of Employer at the

manufacturer's factory, - Certificate 3.2 according to EN10204- Certificate 3.1 on the balancing of the impeller, according to EN10204- Certificate 3.1 on hydrostatic testing according to EN10204

Required characteristics of the electric motor:- Motor type: three-phase, asynchronous

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 70: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 7011 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

- Rotor type: squirrel cage - Nominal power: Pn = 250 kW- Nominal voltage: Un = 400 V- Nominal frequency: fn = 50 Hz- Rpm: n = 1494 rpm/min- Drive type: S1- Class of isolation: H according to IEC 34 - 1- Cooling: air- Shape: В3- Enclosure: IP55- The direction of rotation: left- Max. ambient temperature: < 40 0C- Coupling: detachable with spacers - Start-up: via frequency controller- Number of starts: 5 per hour- Isolation level: Н- With thermal protection and measurement of bearing and winding temperature with RT100 sensors- Efficiency: minimum 96 %

The pump should be delivered with an integrated smart pressure transmitter with a display for displaying operating parameters: suction pressure, discharge pressure, differential pressure and qualitative indication of the operating point of the pump. The integrated smart transmitter should be supplied from the pump manufacturer completely parameterized for each pump separately, connected and ready for operation

It should enable connection to the supervisory control system and data transmission via RS485 or Modbus

Shut off and control fittings

SHUT OFF VALVES

The construction of the valve should guarantee reliable operation and easy maintenance. The valve handle shall be marked with the direction of opening and closing, and on the valve body shall be easily visible marks of the nominal diameter and nominal pressure, as well as the fluid flow direction. All valves should meet the following requirements:- the direction of rotation of the stem when closing: in the clockwise direction- possibility of mounting in any position

The shut-off valves on the supply and returns of the main DH pipeline should be balls with an electric motor. All valves must be tested for strain and high pressure according to EN 12266 Parts 1 & 2 and ISO 5208 by the manufacturer with the submitted documentation on the tests performed.

Manual valves with flanges must comply with EN 1092-1. Mounting dimensions according to SRPS EN 558. Drive element flange according to ISO 5211.

BALL VALVES

With welding ends. The valve must be ball-valve, with single body or removable body, with reduced passage or full passage, with one-sided ball.

Valves must be free of maintenance and adjustments.

Construction according to EN 1983.

Nominal pressure PN 25, operating temperature 120 °C

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 71: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 7111 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Provide a Certificate on Controlling Essential Safety Requirements (according to Annex 1 of the Rules on Requirements for Designing, Developing and Evaluating the Compliance of Pressure Equipment - RS Official Gazette No. 87/2011) or 3A mark.

For all valves offered, tests P10, P11 and P12 according to EN12266 Part 1 must be carried out in both directions. It is necessary to submit documentation on the performed test for all models of valves offered. It is necessary to deliver a P-T diagram for all models offered and indicate which group of materials belongs to the casing of valve according to EN 12516-1

The product must comply with environmental protection laws - proof of the manufacturer or general representative's statement. Used materials must not cause corrosion of other equipment in the system.

The welded ends of the valve should have easy weldability in relation to the pipe material according to the Technical Regulations for steel pipes. The stem must not leak.

Valves should be able to mount in both horizontal and vertical positions.

BUTTERFLY VALVES WITH FLANGES

Operating medium; - hot waterOperating range: from -10 to +120°СOperating characteristics: Маx. operating pressure pmax = 25 barMax Differential Pressure Δp=25 bar Type: shut off butterfly valve with flange

Design

Installation according to EN 558Type of connection: flanges in accordance with EN 1092-1Sealing - three times eccentricMarking of valve: according to EN 19 and 3A markSealing system: metal/metal

MaterialBody: steel, according to working conditionsDisc: stainless steelShaft: stainless steel

Sealing

100% on both sides (tested according to EN 12266 class A) Special conditions

Along with the offer you must submit:Catalogue for the offered type of valve with clearly stated characteristics and that:- Sealing (triple eccentric, disc detail, valve body detail..)- Pressure and temperature ratio (p-t diagram) for the type of offered valve- Hydraulic characteristics: KV, Z value, pressure drop diagram

Deliver the equipment with accompanying documentation in Serbian language:- Attest documentation- Manufacturer's warranty- Instructions for installation, operation, maintenance, etc..- Evidence of product quality compliance in accordance with EN 10204 type 3.1

COMBINED SHUT OFF, CHECK BUTTERFLY VALVES

Operating medium: hot water

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 72: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 7211 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Operating range: from -10 to +120°СOperating characteristics: Маx. operating pressure pmax = 25 barMax Differential Pressure: Δp=25 barType: combined shut off, check butterfly valve

with amortization of hydraulic impacts

DesignInstallation: according to EN 558 - 1Connection: flanges in accordance with EN 1092-1Sealing class: 100 % double-sided according to EN 12266-1 class АPerformance: triple-eccentric butterfly valveSealing system: metal/metal

MaterialBody: Steel S355 J2G3 (DIN Mat. 1.0570) or betterDisc: Steel S355 J2G3 (DIN Mat. 1.0570) or betterDisc seal: laminated duplex / graphite (replaceable)Shaft: stainless steel Х17СrNi16-2+QT800 (DIN mat. 1.4057+QT800 )Amortization of hydraulic impacts: Spring for closing in the first degree of closing and

hydraulic shock absorber for hydraulic shock absorption

with two-stage sealing and the ability to regulate the closing speed

Drive : mechanical gearbox with free-wheel couplingand electric motor TIP 1 for ON/OFF function

Special conditions

Along with the offer you must submit:

Catalogue for the offered type of valve with clearly stated characteristics and that:

Deliver the equipment with accompanying documentation in Serbian language:- Attest documentation- Manufacturer’s warranty- Instructions for installation, operation, maintenance, etc.- Evidence of product quality compliance in accordance with EN 10204 type 3.1

AXIAL - CORRUGATED COMPENSATOR

The design temperature of the supply line is 120 °C.

The design temperature of the return line is 65 °C.

The bellows (corrugated) part with the routers must be made of X6CrNiTi18-10 material (Č4572, 1.4541)

Pipe extensions shall to be made of materials P235GHTC1

Bellow min. 2000 cycles

The supplied compensators should not be in a pre-stressed state but in the free compensator's length (with a pipe extension).

Prior to delivery, the compensators must be stuck to the free length of the welded four-draw rods on each pipe, due to pre-stressing (to be symmetrical in the axis), arranged on a pallet and covered with the nylon.

Each compensator must have a standard label written, TYPE of compensator, AK/DN/NP//x, in the visible place, Mi Ki R / P, in order to easily determine the installation location

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 73: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 7311 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

• Provide a catalogue of offered compensators• Material Test Report in accordance with EN 10204 3.1• Pressure Test Report in accordance with EN 10204 3.1• calculations for compensator in accordance with EJMA IX or EN 14917• Manufacturer's certificate according to PED 2014/68 / EU module H• ISO 9001: 2009 certificate for the design and manufacturing of compensators• Manufacturer's certificate according to EN ISO 3834-2• Manufacturer's certificate according to ISO 14001:2004

The bidder shall submit a copy of the certificate/certificate 3.1 according to the standard SRPS EN 10204, for each delivery, during the contract implementation phase

The document confirming the conformity of the offered products prior to delivery is the final control certificate issued by the SRPS ISO / IEC17020 accredited certification body. Documents should be submitted for each delivery at the contract execution stage.

STRAINERS

“U” type strainers on its own base, designed for easy access and cleaning of filters or sieves. Fine sieves 1 mm (max). Maximum installation length of the strainer 1300 mm.

Pressure drop on the strainer 0.1 bar (when clean), up to max 0.4 ÷ 0.5 bar (when filtering the filter). The equipment is supplied with a set of supports and ancillary accessories.

SAFETY VALVES

Safety valves with spring in accordance with SRPS ЕN ISО 4126-1:2014

PIPELINES

Material, installation, testing and inspection must be in accordance with the standard ЕN 13480:2002.

INSULATION

The insulation must meet the following requirements:- The insulation material and the protective casing must be resistant to fire. - The insulation material must not contain components that can cause corrosion on steel pipes or

equipment.- The insulation should be resistant to moisture.- The use of asbestos is not permitted.

The thickness of the insulation should be in accordance with the applicable standards. The insulation material should allow the temperature on the insulation surface to not exceed 45 °C at a working temperature of 105 °C and an outside temperature of +25 °C. The heat transfer coefficient of the insulating material must be less than 0,045W/mC at an average temperature of 10 °C

ANTICORROSION PROTECTION

Anti-corrosion protection system includes:- Surface preparation;- Application of basic and top coatings;- Quality control.

Anticorrosion protection will be carried out at the factory of the Manufacturer and the Supplier of equipment, devices and elements, as well as on the construction site of the facility, before and after installation.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 74: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 7411 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

In the factories of the Suppliers will be carried out the following:- Removal of residues of casting, cutting, welding, etc.;- Degreasing;- Sanding or possibly mechanical cleaning of surfaces;- Blowing with dry air;- Application of basic coatings and one or more cover coatings;- Quality control.

At the construction site repair will be made of damaged parts (occurring during transport or installation), the primary and the topcoat, as well as finishing coat.

Quality control is performed by instruments and apparatus and coverage:- Swedish scale (standard) for controlling sandblasting;- Measurement of film thickness of wet and dry coating;- Measure porosity of dry film;- Measurement by contact thermometer;- Measurement of humidity and air temperature.

Coating agents must have an attestation of the manufacturer, that they are in the original package with prescribed marks, that the working life has not expired and that they are properly stored.

Intermediate control is performed for each operation separately, as well as inspection of protected areas after the final phase of work. In the final control, check the total thickness of the coating, porosity, adhesion and surface smoothing. For complete anti-corrosion protection, the Contractor's warranty is provided for at least 3 years from the date of technical acceptance.

MARKING THE PIPELINE

General

Installed pipelines should be marked for identification purposes. The mark should be placed on the outside of the pipeline so that the flow direction and the type of medium can be seen. A “Flow-code” marking system or similar according to EN, or appropriate international or national standards, should be used. The code contains colour, arrows and text. It is necessary to specify the medium and identify it according to the color of the tape

Marking tapes

Marking tapes should be of sticky plastic with permanent text. The normal text height is 12 mm, and the minimum text height is 8 mm. The size of the text should be adjusted to the standard size of the arrow. When labelling is applied in a circular shape, the overlap should be at least for the width of the tape. For point-to-point use, the marking tapes should be placed on a hard plate that is fastened with screws and which is resistant to corrosion. Marking tapes should not be placed in rooms where the temperature is below 0 °C. Marking tapes should not be placed directly on a surface whose temperature is above 60 °C. The pipelines should be marked by a circular placement of the marking tape.

When an isolated pipeline, a valve or other work equipment is marked, the marking tape should be placed at a sufficient distance from them so that their work and replacement will not lead to damage to the marking tape.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 75: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 7511 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

PREINSULATED DH PIPELINE SYSTEM

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:

The Bidder must submit a validated quality management system ISO 9001, a certificate ISO 14001, (environmental protection) and OHSAS 18001 certificate (safety and occupational safety) from manufacturers of offered pre-insulated goods and contractors.

The Bidder is obliged to submit copies of valid certificates of the type control of components of pre-insulated system, issued by a control organization accredited in accordance with ISO / IEC 17020 and/or in accordance with EHP/001. The type certificate cannot be older than 6 (six) years. Any significant change in standards, norms or production processes requires a new type certificate test. The Employer reserves the right to subsequently request a laboratory report on the type tests carried out, on the basis of which the certificate was issued.

The bidder is obliged to submit copies of valid certificates for the periodic control component of pre-insulated system issued by the control organization accredited in accordance with ISO/IEC 17020 and/or EHP/001. Certificates cannot be older than 12 months. The Employer reserves the right to subsequently request a laboratory report on the conducted annual examination, on the basis of which the certificate was issued.

The bidder is obliged to submit a copy of the valid certificate for the welding plant for the production of goods and the execution of works on pre-insulated DH pipeline that is the subject of public procurement, SRPS EN ISO 3834: 2008 issued by an accredited certification body or a valid ISO 3834 certificate issued by an authorized body IIW.

All foreign certificates and test reports must be translated and certified by an authorized court interpreter.

The bidder should confirm the conformity of the offered equipment with the requirements from the technical specification.

If the bidder has more locations for performing activities, he is obliged to indicate the exact locations where certain production activities are performed.

The representative of PUC “Beogradske elektrane” is authorized to carry out sampling of manufactured pre-insulated elements for laboratory testing purposes for the needs of controlling and confirming compliance with the relevant standards and technical specification.

It is necessary for the bidder to fulfil all requests.

PRE-INSULATED BONDED PIPE SYSTEMS FOR BURIED HOT WATER DISTRIBUTION AND TRANSMISSION NETWORKS

Pre-insulated bonded district heating system consists of steel working pipes and fittings, polyurethane thermal insulation, outer coating of high density polyethylene and leak detection wire. Pre-insulated multilayer system must comply with the current version of the standard for pre-insulated systems SRPS EN13941, as well as for certain components of pre-insulated systems:

SRPS ЕN253- for pre-insulated pipes, SRPS ЕN448- for pre-insulated fittings, SRPS ЕN488- pre-insulated valve assembly andSRPS ЕN489- for shrinkable joints SRPS EN14419- surveillance systems -leakage detection system

The operating system parameters are:

1. Operating parameters

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 76: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 7611 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Temperature and maximum operating pressure for continuous operation with hot water:Supply line 102 0C Return line 60 0CMin temperature 10 0CMin operating pressure 25,0 barTest pressure 32,5 bar

2. Operating conditions

The system is not operational for 180 days, during the “summer” period.The system is in operation for 185 days, but it works in cycles (daily-night working conditions).Delivery of heat energy stops at 21.00 every night at 65 0C and starts at 3.00 in the morning with 45 0C.If the outdoor temperature is below -6.0 0C there is no interruption in the delivery of heat energy.Pre-insulated bonded hot water distribution systems will be directly buried underground

3. Water quality

The table below presents the current average water quality in the district heating system:Hardness < 0,05 0 dhConductivity 400 – 600 μС/cmpH 8.5 – 9.5Dissolved oxygen < 0,02 mg/lIron < 0,05 mg/lCl < 20 mg/l

TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DELIVERY OF PREINSULATED BONDED PIPELINES:

1. Preinsulated pipes, SRPS ЕN 253

1.1 pre-insulated pipes should be compliant with the requirements of the valid standard SRPS ЕN 253.

1.2 the bidders should indicate the manufacturer/s of pre-insulated pipes. The bidder must submit a copy of the certificate 3.1 according to the European standard EN 10204: 2004, at each delivery during the contract realization phase

1.3 technical conditions for production and delivery: the condition of the pipe surface must be in accordance with the valid standard ЕN ISО 8501-1. the free ends of the steel pipes are defined lengths with maximum tolerance: 200±50 mm. Polyurethane insulating foam (PUR) should be in accordance with the requirements of the valid

standard SRPS EN 253. The minimum foam density should be 70 kg/m3.

1.4 The documents confirming conformity of the offered products prior to delivery are the certificate of final control, issued by the accreditation organization in accordance with SRPS ISO / IEC 17020. The documents should be submitted for each delivery at the contract implementation stage.

2. Pre-insulated bends, SRPS ЕN 448

2.1 pre-insulated bends, should be compliant with the requirements of the valid standard SRPS ЕN 448

2.2 the tenderer should indicate the manufacturer/s of the pre-insulated bends offered. The bidder must submit a copy of the certificate 3.1 according to the European standard EN 10204: 2004, for each delivery at the contract execution stage.

2.3 the dimensions of the legs are:

L=1000 mm, for design class "B", (DN≤DN300),L=1500 mm, for design class "C", (DN>DN300).

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 77: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 7711 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

2.4 the technical conditions for the manufacture and delivery of pre-insulated bends are all the same as for pipes, except for welded joints on steel, in accordance with Table 12 of the valid SRPS standard ЕN 13941

2.5 the document confirming the conformity of the products offered before the delivery is the certificate of final control, issued by a certified organization accredited in accordance with standard SRPS ISO / IEC 17020. Documents must be submitted for each delivery at the contract implementation stage.

3. Uncrosslinked heat shrinkable coupling with plug, SRPS EN 489

3.1. Heat shrinkable coupling should be compliant with the requirements of the valid standard SRPS EN 489

3.2. The bidder should indicate the manufacturer/s of the offered couplings. The bidder must submit a copy of the certificate 3.1 according to the European standard EN 10204: 2004, for each delivery at the contract execution stage.

3.3 The length of the heat shrinkable coupling is L=700 mm.

3.4 The document confirming the conformity of the offered products prior to delivery is the certificate of final control, issued by the SRPS ISO / IEC 17020 certified organization. The documents must be submitted for each delivery at the contract implementation stage.

4. Uncrosslinked heat shrinkable end coupling (muff), SRPS ЕN 489

4.1. The end coupling should be in compliance with the requirements of the applicable standard SRPS ЕN 489

4.2. The tenderer shall indicate the manufacturer/s of the end coupling provided. The bidder must submit a copy of the certificate/certificate 3.1 according to the European standard EN 10204: 2004, for each delivery at the contract execution stage.

4.3. Length of heat shrinkable end coupling is L=500 mm for design classes “B” and “C“.

4.4. A document confirming the conformity of the offered products before delivery is the final control certificate, issued by a certified organization accredited to the standard SRPS ISO/IEC 17020. Documents must be submitted for each delivery at the contract implementation stage.

Comparative overview of associated accessories for type 1 coupling:

Heat shrinkable coupling – type I bushings spacers air vent plugs end plugs patches butyl rubber canus tape film tape

5. End cap

5.1 Bidders shall indicate the manufacturer/s of the end caps offered. The bidder must submit a copy of the certificate 3.1 in accordance with EN 10204:2004 for each delivery at the contract execution stage.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 78: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 7811 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

6. Pass through the wall

6.1 The bidder should indicate the manufacturer/s of the offered pass through the wall. The bidder must submit a copy of the certificate 3.1 in accordance with EN 10204:2004 for each delivery at the contract execution stage.

7. Eco compensator with coupling

7.1 Once stressed compensator should be compliant with the requirements of the manufacturer's technical documentation, as well as item 5.2.6 and item 7.11 of the valid standard SRPS EN 13941.

7.2 The tenderer should indicate the manufacturer/s offered by one stressed compensator. The bidder shall submit a copy of the certificate 3.1 in accordance with the requirements of European standard EN 10204: 2004, for each delivery at the contract implementation stage.

7.3 Compensators are supplied complete with heat shrinkable coupling for compensator (type I) of length L = 1200 mm and with all necessary mounting equipment (cuff, butyl rubber, plugs, slippage, spacers), all packed in the coupling so that no separation during transportation and storage)

Material of eco compensator adjust maximum of operating regime in terms of temperature and pressure.

8. Pre-insulated combination shut off fittings - valves, with two service valves SRPS EN 488

8.1 Pre-insulated combined shut off fittings - valves, with two service valves, should be compliant with the requirements of the applicable standard SRPS ЕN 488

8.2 The bidders should indicate the manufacturer of offered pre-insulated combined shut off fittings. The bidder must submit a copy of the certificate 3.1 according to the European standard EN 10204: 2004, for each delivery at the contract execution stage.

8.3 The dimensions of pre-insulated combined shut-off fittings for the design class "B" (DN≤DN300) are: L = 1500 mm, and the dimensions of the pre-insulated combined shut-off fittings for the design class "C" (DN> DN300) can range from: L = 2000 mm - 2400 mm.

8.4 the conditions for the manufacture of pre-insulated combined shut-off fittings are all the same as for pipes, except for welded joints on steel, in accordance with Table 12 of the valid standard SRPS EN 13941.

8.5 Pre-insulated combined shut off fittings up to DN 200 (including DN 200), should be a full cross-section type, and DN 250 with a reduced ball for one dimension less than the nominal diameter, at the request of the Purchaser the bidder is obliged to offer balls and with a full cross-section.

8.6 The Bidder is obliged, as an integral part of this bid, to provide for each type a photocopy of the Declaration of Conformity from fittings manufacturers, which confirms compliance:

8.6.1 Certificate of Conformity in accordance with the requirements of the Rulebook on Technical Requirements for Designing, Developing and Evaluating the Compliance of Pressure Equipment - Official Gazette of the RS no. 87/2011, issued by a designated body in the Republic of Serbia or

8.6.2 Certificate of Conformity in accordance with the requirements of the PED 97/23 / CE or 2014/68 / EU Pressure Equipment Directive issued by the notified body in the European Union and the Decision on the recognition of the validity of a foreign document or sign of conformity in accordance with the Regulation on the manner of recognizing foreign documents and signs harmonized with the Official Gazette of RS no. no. 98/09.

The bidder is obliged to submit complete documentation for each delivery of the fittings in accordance with the applied conformity assessment procedure (module) according to the requirements of the Rules on technical requirements for designing, fabricating and evaluating the conformity of pressure equipment -

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 79: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 7911 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia no. 87/2011 or the requirements of the Directive for Pressure Equipment PED 97/23 / CE or 2014/68 / EU.

8.7 The document confirming the conformity of the offered products prior to delivery is the certificate of final control, issued by the SRPS ISO/IEC 17020 certified organization. The documents must be submitted for each delivery at the contract implementation stage.

Specific requirements:

T-key and/or auxiliary extension adapter

Depending on the shut-off fittings, the T-key and/or auxiliary extension adapter with a conical hexagon that is mounted vertically on the fittings is used. The T-key/auxiliary extended adapters must fit with the corresponding valves. The T-key/auxiliary extended adapter is delivered in a length of 1000 mm.

Reducer

The shut off fittings larger than the DN 200 are supplied either with a built-in gearbox on a manual or electric motor drive or as a handheld mobile reducer that would be adapted to open more valves.

9. Pre-insulated T and P branches, SRPS EN 448

Pre-insulated T and P branches, should be compliant with the requirements of the valid standard SRPS ЕN 448.

9.2 the bidder should indicate the manufacturer of the offered fittings. The contractor should submit a copy of the certificate 3.1 according to the European standard EN 10204: 2004, for each delivery at the contract implementation stage.

9.3 the dimensions of the legs are: L=1000 mm for project class "B", (DN≤DN300), andL=1500 mm for project class "C", (DN>DN300).

9.4 the technical conditions for the production and delivery of preinsulated tees are all the same as for pipes, except for the testing of welded joints on steel, in accordance with Table 12 of the valid standard SRPS EN 13941

9.5 the document confirming the conformity of the offered products prior to delivery is the certificate of final control, issued by the SRPS ISO/IEC 17020 certified organization. The documents must be submitted for each delivery at the contract implementation stage.

10. Pre-insulated reduction, SRPS EN 448

10.1 Pre-insulated reduction should be in accordance with the requirements of the applicable standard SRPS EN 448.

10.2 The tenderer should indicate the manufacturer/s of the pre-insulated reduction offered. The bidder shall provide a copy of the certificate 3.1 in accordance with EN 10204: 2004, for each delivery at the contract execution stage.

10.3 The technical conditions for producing and delivering pre-insulated reductions are all the same as for pipes, except:- testing of welded joints for steel parts and steel pipes, which should be in accordance with SRPS EN 448,

10.4 The document confirming conformity of the offered products prior to delivery is the certificate of final control, issued by the SRPS ISO / IEC 17020 accreditation organization. The documents should be submitted for each delivery at the contract implementation stage.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 80: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 8011 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

11. Components A + B

11.1 The bidders should indicate the manufacturers of the components offered. The bidder shall submit a copy of the certificate/certificate 3.1 in accordance with the requirements of European standard EN 10204: 2004, for each delivery at the contract implementation stage.

- the bidder is obliged to deliver the PUR foam:- up to DN 200, ready for manual or mechanical filling of joints, and- from DN 200, ready for mechanical filling of joints.

12. Pre-insulated fixed points, SRPS EN 448

12.1 The pre-insulated fixed point should be compliant with the requirements of the applicable standard SRPS EN 448

12.2 The tenderer should indicate the manufacturer/s of the pre-insulated fixed points. The bidder shall provide a copy of the certificate 3.1 in accordance with EN 10204: 2004, for each delivery at the contract execution stage.

12.3 The Bidder is obliged to provide information on the maximum forces that the pre-insulated fixed points can accept. The requested information is provided on the original document of the manufacturers of pre-insulated fixed points. The length of the pre-insulated fixed points is L = 1500 mm for the design class "B" and “C”.

12.4 Technical conditions for the production and delivery of pre-fixed fixed points are all the same as for pipes, except:- testing of welded joints, which should be in accordance with SRPS EN 448.

13. Expansion pads (compensation pillows)

The tenderer should, at the stage of contract realization, submit a declaration of expansion pads manufacturers with basic characteristics, as follows: relative deformation, residual deformation, content of open and closed cells, density, and water absorption capacity. Expansion pillows are used to accept dilatations of pre-insulated pipelines with L-, Z- and U-compensators, bends, reducers and end couplings, shut off fittings, as well as at the highest and lowest points. Expansion pillows must be in compliance with technical documentation.

14. Leak detection system - alarm system

13.1 leak detection system - alarm system, should be in compliance with the requirements of the applicable EN 14419.

The detection system must be checked on all products in the range of 100%, which shall be confirmed by the internal report.

The document confirming the conformity of the offered products prior to delivery is the final control certificate issued by the SRPS ISO / IEC17020 accredited certification body.

TECHNICAL REQUIREMENT FOR EXECUTION OF WORKS ON THE DISTRICT HEATING PIPELINE MADE OF PREINSULATED STEEL PIPES NOT LAID IN CHANNEL

GENERAL

Place send in the excavated trench on the compressed surface, sand (10-15 cm). Put pipes on wooden coasters. The ends of the steel pipes and elements should be welded, the welded areas should be tested radiographically and pressure tested. After successfully performing the pressure control, it is necessary to

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 81: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 8111 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

insulate and protect the welding sites, cover the L, Z, U compensators with elastic pads, remove the wooden coasters and fill the pipes with sand (10-15 cm) and excavated material.

Before laying pre-insulated pipes, in the area with high groundwater, drainage is recommended.

DELIVERY, TRANSPORT AND STORAGE

1. The offered amount for installation of the installation or certain parts of it includes the delivery of accompanying material and structural elements with transport to the construction site, unloading and, storing on the construction site, unless otherwise indicated in the description of the works.

2. Transportation of pipes should be carried out carefully. They must not be stacked directly to each other, but between each row of pipes, wooden pads should be placed in several places. Pipes delivered by rail or trucks must be carefully unloaded to avoid damaging the ends prepared for welding.

3. When transporting, as well as storage, pipes, as well as other elements, must be protected from possible damage due to possible point load or slip. It must be carefully wrapped around the elements, and no throwing or scattering from the means of transport is allowed. When stacking pre-insulated pipes on the vehicle or when storing, the pressure on the lowest pipe must not exceed the value of 4105 N/m2, i.e. 4 kg/cm2.

4. To move the pipes with the crane, use a simultaneous, linseed or nylon rope. Steel chains or wires shall not be used. It is recommended that the rope is drawn through the tube and thus lifted by a crane.

5. Placing pipes along the route shall be done on the free (working) side of the trench belt line at 1 m from the closer edge of the trench.

6. When releasing the tubes into the trench it is important to ensure that the pipe does not touch the edges of the trench or that it does not strike any hard object, as a casing pipe or insulation may be damaged.

7. When lowering the already welded sections in the trench, it should be noted that due to forced tension there is no excessive strain in the pipe material.

8. The distance between the holders (carrier) of the pipe should not be greater than the length of one pipe, and preferably the holders should be located next to the adjacent welded seam pipes.

9. Pipes must be stored as follows:- on a flat, supporting surface without stones or on wooden pads;- ends of the pipes must not be unclean (mud or water);- pipes must be protected against mechanical damage;- longer stored pipes should be plugged, and the front side of the insulation shall be protect with

a lid or waterproof foil.10. When storing on wooden pads, observe the following:

- maximum distance of wooden pads: 3 m;- width of wooden pads: 10 – 20 cm;- maximum height of loaded pipes: 1 m;- prevent rolling.

11. Accessories:- all gaskets and elastic cushions should be stored in a closed, dry place, with no mechanical

damage.12. The entire installation network must be made of first-class welded and seamless pipes, which are

tested in the factory under the cold water pressure. In the case of the application of welded pipes when bending, the pipe must be positioned so that the seam does not require a change in length.

13. The contractor should deliver new material and installation elements if this is not emphasized in the description of the works or in the bill of quantity. The material used to make this installation must be the latest factory production, solid construction and processing, without any errors and comply with the regulations for the fabrication of the appropriate material.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 82: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 8211 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

14. Cast materials - fittings, must not have factory defects and must not be porous. All this material must be tested at the appropriate pressure by the contractor or from an official recognized material testing centre.

15. Measurement and regulation instruments must be accurate and solid and fully compatible with their purpose.

16. The fittings must be good and solid processing, tested for pressure and functionality, i.e. it must be examined whether the treatment of the fittings is entirely in line with the purpose. Valves, butterfly vales and ball valves must completely sealed pipelines where they are installed.

17. Complete handling, loading and unloading of goods should be carried out in such a way as to minimize damage to the surface of the pipe and its ends. Protective measures include the use of wide strips, according to the subject dimensions, during manipulation and use of suitable supports during transport.

18. The ends of the steel pipes should remain closed with the end caps.19. Pre-insulated pipes must be supported on wooden beams of the appropriate dimensions for the

nominal diameter of the pre-insulated pipe to allow the handling of the forklift or crane during unloading.

20. Pre-insulated valves of dimension DN>DN 300, must be supplied with a wooden stand for supporting them on the free ends of the steel pipe joints.

21. All accompanying mounting equipment for the coupling and end cap must be packed in the coupling and end cap so that no separation occurs during transport and storage.

22. When packing, steel wire ropes or other materials that can lead to damage to external insulation may not be used.

FINAL QUALITY CONTROL1. The Employer reserves the right to send the delivered equipment and material for additional tests

within 7 days from the date of receipt. In case the test reports are not appropriate, the supplied equipment and material will be returned to the Supplier.

2. Final inspection is performed at the manufacturer, exceptionally with the approval of Beogradske elektrane, can be made at the Purchaser's warehouse.

3. The Bidder is obliged, at each stage of the contract realization, with each delivery from the subject specification of pre-insulated systems, to deliver CERTIFICATE OF FINAL CONTROL, according to standard SRPS ISO/IEC 17020.

LAYING DOWN THE PIPES

The installation of DH pipeline can start only after previously being finished all construction works, trenches excavated, and chambers made (manholes).

The trench must remain without water until the final insulation of the joints. Pipes shall be placed in a trench or above it on wooden pallets 10 x 10 cm (or other suitable material), so that the welding and isolation connection points are well accessible throughout the range. Wooden pads should be installed at intervals of 3 m and at least 1 m from the connection point, due to the unhindered mounting of the couplings, and after completion of the insulation and the sealing of the joints, they should be removed. When using pads from other materials, their number and width must be adjusted so as to avoid damaging the pre-insulated pipe and enable seamless assembly of the pipe and finalizing the joints. When lowering pipes or welded assemblies, observe the instructions for transport and safety transmission in order to avoid damage.

Pre-insulated pipes as well as elements must not lie in the water before the sealing are sealed. All the water, which would in any way get into the trench, should be removed immediately.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 83: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 8311 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

CONNECTION OF THE PIPES

Preparatory works

1. When passing through the walls or manholes, draw wall seal on the cleaned ends of the pre-insulated pipes.

2. In the case that it has been agreed on sealing with a single-piece joint, the appropriate joints and seal must be applied to the cleaned ends of the pipes and elements at each connection point before welding. Welded joints cannot be isolated and sealed without pre-fitted coupling and seals.

3. Protect the side of the insulation with Al or asbestos plate, so as not to damage insulation and the casing when welding.

TECHNICAL CONDITIONS FOR WELDING AND EXAMINATION OF WELDS

1. PREPARATION FOR WELDING

1.1. Preparation of pipe for welding

Pipes are usually supplied with factory-prepared ends for manual welding. In the event that the pipe ends are not prepared, when cutting the pipe, the edges need to be processed in accordance with SRPS ISO 9692.

Groove sides and groove surface min. 30 mm both from the outside and on the inside of the pipe, clean metal before mounting with metal grinding or steel brushes. Clean the greasy and unclean surfaces with chemicals.

1.2 Preparation of additional material

Electrodes are supplied in hermetically sealed metal boxes or in cardboard boxes with a hermetically-coated plastic foil.

The electrodes should be kept in the original packaging in a shelf on the shelves before use. In this room where the electrodes are held, the relative humidity must be less than 50% and the minimum temperature is + 10 °C. When storing and handling electrodes, the electrode boxes must not be damaged or thrown. Stacking boxes should not be too high for the boxes to not crumble from their own weight. The electrodes are taken from the storage only for one-day consumption. In the event that electrodes are not consumed during the day, the unused quantity is returned to the warehouse again. If high atmospheric humidity (in rainy spring, autumn and winter days), the amount of electrodes taken from the storage can be limited to less than daily consumption.

Electrodes with a rutile character of the coating should not be dried before use, unless otherwise recommended by the manufacturer, or if more humidity has occurred. Then they should be dried at 100-150 °C for 1-2 h (please follow the manufacturer’s recommendations).

Electrodes with the basic character of the coating prior to use should be dried in a drying oven in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. It is generally dried at 250 - 400 ° C for 2-3 hours, but it is not advisable to dry the same electrodes more than three times.

The dried electrodes are transferred from the furnace to the welding site in hot pouch. The temperature in the pouch is maintained at the site at 50-100 °C. While welding welder takes one per one electrode directly from the pouch.

1.3. Preparation of the workplace

The workplace of the welders should be such to enable him to perform quality welding without danger and without major physical efforts. In the case where the pipes are welded without turning or in a forced position, it is best to raise the tubes to the wooden beams or trestle, at a height of 500-600 mm from the ground, well secured to not rattle and slip. This height of the pipe is tiring the welder the least when he

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 84: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 8411 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

works because he is laying down when he is welding. From this place it is necessary to remove all superfluous tools and materials, soil, asphalt and concrete. In some places, workers will have to make platforms for assembly and welding.

When connecting and welding pipes in the trench, the trench at that point should be expanded and deepened so that the welder and grinder can safely and smoothly do their job.

When there is a rain or the wind blows, the workplaces should be protected in a suitable way, with large umbrellas or tents. Sometimes it is also desirable to protect work places from strong sunshine.

Due to the flow of air through the pipes, the beginning of the column, the first pipe should be closed with a plastic lid or otherwise. Earthling should also be placed at the beginning of the column.

1.4. Preparation of welders

Welders designated for welding on this DH pipeline must have a valid certificate of competency for such facilities according to SRPS EN 287-1. Before beginning the work of the welders, you should be familiar with the procedure to be applied during welding and the control that will be applied during operation.

All welders must have the correct welding equipment and hygienic technical protection equipment ( protective equipment).

2. WELDING

2.1 Installation and fitting of pipes

Pipe assembly is done using a tool-centraliser. Previously, the pipes are placed on wooden beams - trestle. The pipes are transferred carefully by the crane so as not to damage and not to damage the insulation of the pipe. Using the centraliser, the pipes to be connected are brought into the projected position according to the welding technology specifications (WPS lists). When connecting the pipes with seam (longitudinally welded pipes), the seams of these pipes must be at least 50 mm apart at the circumference. It is also desirable that these ends of the seam of pipes are located in the upper half of the circumference of the pipe.

When cantering care must be taken to ensure that the shearing of the pipe is as little as possible. Shearing due to any pipe asymmetry should be distributed evenly over the pipe circumference.

In order to maintain geometric measures during welding, make connecting part in a minimum length of 50 mm (if the placement of the elements in the welding position is not performed with tools and devices without connecting welds), where the minimum number is four connecting parts. Connection (stich welding) of pipes is done by the parameters for the root passage (routine electrode diameter 2,5 mm). Connection parts symmetrically arrange in the circumference of the pipe at approximately the same distance. At the end of the connection, connection parts are to be cleaned from the slag and when passing the root weld, do again grinding or melting.

2.2. Welding technology

When welding DH pipeline, the general principles that apply in welding practice should be observed: Welding can only be performed by trained, professionally trained and tested welders. Inspect the stich welds, end of stich welds should be grinded due easier welding. The electrodes should be taken out of the warehouse and dried in the pouch as much as they will

spend that day. Establish an electric arc only in the groove. Starting the next bead can only be allowed after the previous cool down 200°C. Cleaning the slag after each bead. Auto-control of each welder and marking-stamping. Marking the weld.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 85: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 8511 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

In the case of manual welding without turning the pipe, with the routile and basic electrode, the welding direction is from the bottom up.

When welding the root of the weld to prevent reduction of the weld due to the expansion of the pipe, the bead is applied symmetrically from one side and on the other side of the pipe.

Prior to re-establishing the electric arc, the place where the roots of the weld will continue shall be grinded in the length of approximately 10 mm. After completion of welding of the weld root, bead, the slag, should be removed with steel brushes and grinding. Undercut, slag along the edges of the grooves and slots on the surface of the weld root should be remove with steel brushes and by grinding.

The second bead - seam front is applied as soon as possible after the welding and grinding of the weld root, which improves the quality of the weld root. For this welding, it is not necessary to perform welding with skipping, as with root welding.

4. INSPECTION OF THE WELDS n order to ensure the design quality of welded joints on a DH pipeline, it is necessary to provide permanent control in the course of construction of the DH pipeline in accordance with the requirements of SRPS EN ISO 3834-2, which consists of:Inspection of preparatory works.Inspection during work.Inspection after the completion of welding works.The control of preparatory work precedes the direct execution of welding works and includes the following activities:Usability and importance of the certificate on the professional qualifications of the welders (SRPS ЕN 287-1);Usability of welding technology qualification (SRPS ЕN ISO 15607);Insight into the certificate of the contractor on the ability to perform welding works, in accordance with SRPS ЕN ISО 3834Checking of the identity of the base and additional material through the manufacturer's attestations;Preparation of welding joints (shape and dimensions according to SRPS ЕN ISО 9692-1);Adjusting, tightening and fastening;Control of cleaning the surface of the groove and the zone around the grooveChecking the working order of the welding machine Check the availability of the oven for drying electrodes and pouchChecking the qualifications of personnel for controlling the application of welding technology and coordination of welding work (ЕN 719)Some special requirements from the welding technology specification;The suitability of working conditions for welding, including weather conditions.Control during work is carried out during the execution of installation and welding of DH pipeline and includes the following activities:Basic welding parameters (type and intensity of welding current, polarity, arc voltage and welding speed);Preheating temperature / between layers temperature (see ISO 13916), if defined by WPS list;Cleaning and form of bead and passage in metal seam;Grooving of the root (washers);The sequence of welding;Proper use and handling of consumables;Bending control;Any intermediate tests, e.g. checking the measure.Inspection after the completion of welding works is carried out after completion of welding, compliance with the appropriate eligibility criteria is checked and it includes: Visual testing of welds in the range of 100%;

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 86: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 8611 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Non-destructive testing - radiographic examination of welded joints according to SRPS EN ISO 5579 and SRPS EN ISO 17636-1, in the range of 100%;Welded joints must be designed to meet the acceptability criteria set out in SRPS ISO 5817 for welded joints of the level “B”.Results and records of operations after welding (e.g. grinding, thermal treatment after welding, etc.).);

The Employer hires an accredited laboratory to test welded joints at its own expense.

1. REPAIRS OF WELDS

When welding DH pipeline, not allowable defects can occur on the face of the seam and inside the seam. Seam errors on the front of the seam, which are spotted with visual control, should be corrected immediately until further line have moved away. Depending on the type of defect on the face of the seam (porosity, firm inclusions, undercut, uneven front of the seam, insufficient or too large augmentation of the seam) the method of repair depends upon.

The defect within the seams detected by radiographic control shall be corrected as follows: At a marked location, with careful grinding, layer by layer, along the entire length of the marked place, remove the layer by layer. The thickness of one layer should not exceed 1mm. After grinding, make sure that the material does not overheat. When the defect occurs, the thickness of the layer to be removed shall be reduced to 0.5 mm by grinding. Grinding should completely remove the defect. While grinding, at the same time, a groove for future welds should be made. When the defect is removed and the groove is correctly prepared and inspected, the welding-filling the grooves starts in the same way as the welding of the DH pipeline.

If there is an impermissible defect in the root of the seam (unfilled root, trickle, uneven edges), then the repair of such a defect is done by cutting the seam at that place with a grinding plate as small as 3 mm thick, grinding and preparation for the groove. After performing cutting and grinding, with a sheet from a metal saw for metal cutting, through this hole should be removed sharp edges remaining after cutting. Grinding and re-welding are carried out in the manner described above in the repair of welded joints

Repairs are carried out in the presence of a welding specialist.

Upon completion of the repair and visual inspection of the repaired area, 100% radiographic control of the repaired area is performed. Ro control is carried out when it passes at least 24 hours after the completion of the repair.

In case the faults detected in the welded joint are not remediated in the projected quality, then such a welded joint must be cut and a new piece of pipe shall be inserted with a minimum length of 2D (D-outer diameter of the pipe) or, if possible, the shorter part of the column shall be moved and column continued in this way.

2. MARKING OF WELDS

All welds must be marked with an appropriate marking. The number of sections and the number of welded joints must be indicated in the label. The mechanical engineer, that is, the control staff, creates a sketch of the route with the location of made and Ro-controlled seams. With the help of these sketches, the Ro control report and the welding log, one can identify a welder that welded the seam and all other data about the desired seam.

2.2.1 QUALITY RECORDS

Quality records from the welding process must include: Attest for material; Attest for consumables; Specification of welding technology;

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 87: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 8711 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Certificate of Qualification of Welding Technology; Certificates of professional skills of welders; Certificates of competency of personnel for non-destructive testing; The valid certificate of the testing laboratory for that type of test, in accordance with SRPS ISО IEC

17025; Thermal processing and record of process specification; Record on non-destructive testing; Record on the control of the measure; Record on repairs and other defects. Record on performing welding work through the Welding Log. Quality records must be kept for at least 5 years.

TESTING OF THE PIPELINE AND FITTINGS, PRESSURE AND SEALING TESTS

We test the pipeline and fittings with a cold test:During testing, the pressure in the installation must not be reduced.a / pressure test in duration of 6/6 / hours.

- the primary part of the installation: the value of the test hydraulic pressure should be 1.3 times higher than the nominal pressure for a particular installation:

- pisp[bar] = 1,3 pnom. With the proviso that, the difference between the test and the nominal pressure shall not be less than 0.05 [bar], in accordance with DIN 2401 and SRPS EN 1333;

- secondary part of the installation: the value of the test hydraulic pressure should be equal to the increased sum of the static pressure of the installation and the head of the circulation pump for 2 / two / bar:

- pisp[bar] = pst + pcp + 2 .b / visual testing for 24 / twenty-four / hour.

- The test pressure value is equal to the operating pressure value in the installation:o Pisp[bar] = prad.

If within the test system there are some pipe lines at different heights, the hydrostatic pressure, which is controlled during the test in that branch, should be added to the test pressure.The duration of the test pressure cannot be shorter than 30 minutes.As a rule, the time of test pressure should take a long enough time for the eventual critical weakness of the joints to be shown and that a more detailed overview of all the connections could be done.After the inspection of all connection points under the effect of test pressure, the pressure can be reduced to the nominal pressure under which a more detailed overview of the system could be done.All welded and other connection points that have not been previously tested by the factory must not be insulated, dyed and covered with soil before the successfully completed test at the test pressure.Prior to testing, all pipelines must be cleaned internally from metal plates, rust sand, residual electrodes and other foreign coatings.All elements of the DH pipeline foreseen by the design, such as flanges, flow valves, gate valves, welded joints for measuring and controlling instruments, brackets, holders, slides, rigid supports and the like, must be finely assembled before testing.The following equipment and elements, if they are part of the pipeline shall not be subjected to a test pressure:

pumps, turbines, centrifugal and piston compressors, Explosive membranes, the input side of the relief or safety valves, All equipment where the test pressure value has not been determined. Axial compensators

Before installing the equipment, this equipment should be separated by blind flanges.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 88: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 8811 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Pressure gauge whose measuring ranges are less than the test pressure must be removed during the test.The flow valves must be in the open position, unless otherwise specified.The automatic control valves must always be in the open position, unless they are supplied with bypass line.The system must be equipped with vent valves at all the highest points where there is an exhaust outlet for discharging the system.At all the lowest points of the system and behind each butterfly valve, the drain holes for discharging the system must be installed.The system is fed by the test fluid at the lowest point of the system and mandatory in front of all butterfly valves.The test gauge must meet the following minimum requirements:

It is calibrated and have an attestation, To have measuring range approximately two times the predicted test pressure, if a system with high altitude difference of the pipeline is tested, it is recommended to use auxiliary

pressure gauge at the top of the system.

All the connection points to be tested must be cleaned and dried prior to testing.The test can be performed when the temperature of water and equipment is at least 278К.For testing, use clean water without sludge and other impuritiesIf, during the test, water leakage is observed on welded joints or base material, the system must be emptied even after the corrections have been made, the test must be repeated.If, during leakage of water on threaded connections, the system must be relieved to atmospheric pressure and after the repair has been carried out the test shall continue.If a drop in the pressure gauge occurs during pressure test, a cause must be systematically diagnosed. Usually, the pressure drop occurs due to a stronger flow of water from the system or due to the remaining air.As a rule, after the completed testing, some line on it shall not be made or further welding work performed, or if it is necessary, the test must be repeated. In special cases, when such a test is difficult to perform, subsequent welding is permitted with the special consent of the supervisory authority. Such welding must be carefully monitored, allowed only at ambient temperatures above 280K and at the end of the welds 100% (100%) must be radiographically tested.On completed tests the minutes shall draw up signed by all present members of the commission.

INSULATION AND SEALING OF THE CONNECTION POINTS

After successfully conducted X-ray OF welds, the workers for insulation works shall start isolation and sealing of connection points, joints. Mechanical protection and sealing is done with single part uncross-linked heat shrinkable joints, which are mounted after the thermal insulation of the connection point with PUR foam. After checking the foam quality, mounting the joints is done.

Joint must be:

Single part heat shrinkable joint all along length, made of uncross-linked polyethylene L=700mm.

The joint is heated throughout its length.

INSTALLATION OF ELASTIC PILLOW

he free, Unhindered movement of the pipes in the ground is ensured by mounting elastic pillows, which are mounted on changes in direction, for L, Z, U self-compensators, for T and P separators and for pipeline reducers, if they are not in the manholes. The thickness of the elastic pillow depends on the size of the dilatation.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 89: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 8911 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

BACKFILLING THE TRENCH

After insulating the welded area, installing elastic pillows and removing the wooden cladding the trench should be filled with sand of granulation 0 - 8 mm, of already specified quality, at least 10 cm above the top of the pipe casing. In order to avoid leaving the cavity, the sand around the pipe must be carefully pinched by the hand and start filling between pipes. Fill the remaining height of the trench with the excavated material.

1. Backfilling should be carried out carefully so as not to damage the built-in pipes mechanically and damage the sealing.

2. The sand should be of the above-mentioned granulation and quality.3. Machine compaction of the soil is allowed only 30 cm above the casing of the pipe.4. In the field, where there is a risk of rinsing the soil in a sandy surface, protect the sandy layer with

plastic foil.

CORROSION PROTECTION

Steel pre-insulated pipes at the connection points, discharge pipes, cover popes, clean with steel brushes, sanded paper and coat with anti-corrosion agent. Minimizing is performed with an alkaline minimum, two times in two coats. The position also includes additional coating of bituminous steel pipes for the protection of DH pipeline.Protection against corrosion of installed pipes by minimizing an alkaline minimum in two coats. Before applying protection, clean the pipes with steel brushes and sanding paper.All surfaces on which anti-corrosion agents are applied must be well-cleaned from soil, sand, lime, sand, grease and other impurities. The agents can be applied only on a well-cleaned and prepared surface in accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer of the products.Surface cleaning can be done with ordinary hand-held steel brushes or rotary steel brushes, or sand blasting using quartz sand and compressed air.Degreasing and flushing of surfaces must be done if the surfaces, parts and equipment during the assembly were sprayed or in contact with asphalt, bitumen, oil, grease and similar materials.All surfaces must be cleaned so as to ensure easy application and good adhesion of protective agents and varnishes.Anticorrosive protective agents must cover the surface to which they are applied well and evenly:

The prime, or basic layer, must be applied to the cleaned surface during the day, i.e., before dark, when the air humidity increases significantly and the cleaned surfaces are relatively corrosive.

Application of cover layers should be carried out according to the manufacturer's instructions so that the thickness of the layer is uniform throughout the surface, it is smooth and enables easy and safe application of the following layers.

REMOVAL OF PART OF THE EXISTING DH PIPELINE

Dismantling the pipes of the DH pipeline. Pipe cutting, loading and transport to the PUC “Beogradske elektrane” warehouse at Savski Nasip 11, Novi Beograd.

PREPARATION WORKS

Description

Preparation works: familiarization with the facility, measuring and marking, transport of tools, organization of construction sites and familiarization with technical documentation. In the event that there is disagreement or difficulty in the realization of this project, the contractor is obliged to immediately point to that Employer and seek harmonization, since later remarks will not be taken into consideration. The Contractor is obliged to make an ordering pipe specification within preparatory works. Base for making the order specifications are:

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 90: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 9011 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

- Main design for DH pipeline - Geodetic survey

Daily break of works: storage of tools and equipment, de-conservation, assembly and protection of installed equipment.

RINSING OF DH PIPELINE

Description

Works on mechanical rinsing of the installation with impurity control and compilation of the records on the execution of works. Rinsing is done until completely clean water is released when discharging.

FINISHING WORKS

Description

Finishing works: Cleaning of construction sites from the surplus materials with material removal, cleaning from waste with disposal to the city landfill, preparation of instructions for handling and maintenance of the installation in three copies, marking of the elements of the installation, cleaning of the construction site and handover of works.

DESIGN AND THE ELABORATE OF THE AS BUILT (EXECUTED) FACILITY

Description

The design and the study of the executed facility should be done in accordance with the applicable legal regulations and annex M1 of the Technical Documentation, for the purpose of subsequent obtaining of the usage permit. To the Employer shall be delivered 3 / three / copies of the design in hard copy and 1 / one / in electronic form.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 91: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 9111 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

ENCLOSURE - М 1:

Design and study of the executed facility

Upon completion of the construction process, the responsible contractor (carrier of work) is obliged to submit to the PUC Beogradske elektrane design of executed facility / in three copies + an electronic form on a CD, done in accordance with the Law on Planning and Construction and the Rulebook on the content, method and procedure of preparation and how to perform technical control of technical documentation according to the class and purpose of facilities (Official Gazette No. 72/2018 of 28.9.2018) and the study of the executed facility (in one copy - original documents).Design of executed facility should be done according to Art. 124 Law on Planning and Construction and Art. 19 of Rulebook on the content, method and procedure of preparation and how to perform technical control of technical documentation according to the class and purpose of facilitiesDesign of executed facility is part of the documentation for obtaining a usage permit according to Art. 158 of Law on Planning and Construction.Elaborate of executed facility must confirm that designed pre-insulated systems or part of the system or thermos-technical installations are realised in the required quality and in accordance with the applicable standards. The study of executed facility shall contain:

I STUDY OF MECHANICAL WORKS1. Cover page of the Study 2. Summary of design and working conditions 3. Route and longitudinal cross-section of the designed facility4. Data on connected objects5. Technical report 6. Record of water tightness test (cold test)7. Record of air tightness test8. Building log for mechanical works9. Report on testing of welded joints with methods without destruction (NDT)10. Protocol for mounting and filling heat-shrinkable joints 11. Records on works on leak detection system12. Welding Documentation - Welding Technology (WPS), Welding Technology Qualification (WPQR)13. Protocol on the pre-stressing of DH pipeline 14. Attest technical documentation of installed materials and equipment15. Decision on the appointment of a supervisory authority and a license16. Decision on the appointment of a responsible contractor and license17. Certificate of professional qualification of welders (CERTIFICATE)18. Welding log

II STUDY OF CIVIL ENGINEERING WORKS 1. Cover page of the Study2. Results of testing the compression module (plate –bearing test method)3. Application (Record of submission of plans and study for geodetic works for special needs)4. Certificate of paid fee for mapping or Certificate of executed mapping of DH pipeline in the cadastre of

underground lines 5. Geodetic survey (paper form, electronic form)6. Building log for civil engineering works 7. Decision on the appointment of a supervisory body for civil engineering works and a license8. Decision on the appointment of a responsible contractor for construction works with a license9. Attestation documentation of the installed material (lids, reinforcement, concrete, construction...)The listed documentation should be submitted on the forms of PUC "Beogradske elektrane" and in accordance with the applicable standards.

Signature of the responsible person of the bidder

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 92: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 9211 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

FORM 2

TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION AND DRAWINGS

Technical drawings can be found at the following link

https://fs.bgdel.rs/share.cgi?ssid=0cWvbwC

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 93: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 9311 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR PARTICIPATION IN THE PUBLIC PROCUREMENT PROCEDURE UNDER THE ARTICLE 75 AND 76 OF THE LAW, AND INSTRUCTIONS ON HOW TO PROVE FULFILMENT OF THESE

REQUIREMENTS

1. REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PARTICIPATION IN THE PUBLIC PROCUREMENT PROCEDURE UNDER THE ARTICLES 75 AND 76 OF THE LAW

1.1 The Bidder has right to participate in the respective Public Procurement Procedure if it meets the Mandatory Requirements for participation in the Public Procurement defined in Article. 75 Law, as follows

1) that it is registered with the competent Body, or entered in the appropriate register ( Article 75, paragraph 1, item 1 of the Law) ;

2) that he and his Legal Representative have not been convicted for any criminal act as members of an organized criminal group; that he has not been convicted for commercial criminal offence, criminal offence against environment, criminal offence of receiving or offering bribe, criminal offence of fraud ( Article 75, paragraph 1, item 2 of the Law) ;

3) that he has paid due taxes and other public charges in accordance with the Regulations of the Republic of Serbia, or a foreign country if his registered address is in its territory ( Article 75, paragraph 1, item 4 of the Law) ;

4) the Bidder shall, in preparing the Bid, explicitly state that it is respected the obligations under applicable legislation concerning safety at work, employment and working conditions, environmental protection, and to guaranty that it has not been prohibited from performing its activity by any measure in force in the period of submission of the bid ( Article 75, paragraph 2 of the Law) ;

5) it has valid permit issued by competent body to carry out economic activity which is the subject of public procurement - Decision on the fulfilment of the conditions for the construction of facilities, or the execution of works for the facilities for which the construction permit is issuing the Ministry or Autonomous Province, License I032 M1 ( Article 75, paragraph 1, item 5 of the Law) .

1.2 The Bidder who participated in the respective Public Procurement must meet Additional Requirements for participation in the Public Procurement, as defined in Article 76 of the Law, as follows

1) Financial capacity:a) operating income in the last 3 years (2016/17/18), for which data are submitted, must

be more than RSD 5.500.000.000,00;b) that the tenderer in the last three years (2016/17/18) did not show a net loss in

business;c) bidder in the last six (6) months preceding the month of publication of the Invitation

for submission of Bids on the Public Procurement portal has not been insolvent;

2) Operational capacity:a) That in the previous 3 years (2016/17/18) in the territory of the Republic of Serbia, he

has implemented a minimum of 3 (three) contracts for the supply of pre-insulated steel pipelines of diameter DN600 and larger and that he performed the installation of pre-insulated bonded DH pipelines of diameter DN350 and larger in total length of minimum 57000 meters;

b) That in the past 8 years (2011/12/13/14/15/16/17/18) he carried out works on measurement, regulation, management on the construction of remote monitoring and management system based on the implementation of the regular SIMATIC S7-400H system (Fault tolerant) and visualization and control software SCADA Siprocs,

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 94: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 9411 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

installed on heating facilities over 50 MW, at least 2 (two) contracts on heating facilities (heat sources, district heating pump stations).

3) Technical capacity:The bidder must have the following minimum technical capacity:

- diesel welding generator – 6 pcs.- apparatus for REL procedure - 6 pcs.- autogenous welding set - 2 pcs.- locksmith tools - 2 sets- spotlight -2 pcs.- truck, load capacity min. 5 t – 4 pcs.- a mobile device for mechanical raising of joints with the following description:

(high pressure machine, working range 80-200 bar, which must have a unit for tempering PUR raw materials (heating and cooling) and a hydraulic head for raising the capacity from 3 to 30 kg / min) – min 1 pie.

- compressor for testing the tightness of heat shrinkable joints - 2 pcs.- truck, load capacity 10 or more tons – min. 4 pcs.- crane, capacity 5 or more tons – min 2 pcs.- auto crane, capacity min. 30 tons – 1 pie.- backhoe loader with pikamer - 2 pcs.- backhoe loader - 3 pcs- tracked excavators over 20 tons – 1 pie.- concrete cutting machine - 5 pcs.- vibrating plate compactor - 5 pcs.- compressor - 2 pcs.- pneumatic tools for chiselling and penetrating the holes - 2 pcs.

4) Personnel Capacities:The bidder must have minimum staffing capacity:

- 3 (three) graduated mechanical engineers with a minimum of 1 license of the Serbian Chamber of Engineers no. 430, for the responsible contractor and minimum 1 license of the Serbian Chamber of Engineers no. 330, for the responsible designer (one person can have both licenses, i.e., the license of the responsible designer and the license of the responsible contractor)

- 1 (one) graduate mechanical engineer with a license of a European welding engineer-specialist ( IWE, EWE)

- 1 graduated civil engineer or architect with an appropriate license (400, 410, 411, 412, 413 or 414), for the responsible contractor and license 310 for the responsible designer (One person may own both licenses, i.e. a license of the responsible designer and license of the responsible contractor)

- 1 Graduate Civil Engineer with a valid license for the responsible contractor 415- 1 Graduate Electrical Engineer for measuring and control devices with a valid

license for the responsible contractor 450, 453 and license for responsible designer 350, 352, 353 (one person can own both licenses, i.e. a license of the responsible designer and license of the responsible contractor)

- 1 Graduate Electrical Engineer for electric power with a valid license for the responsible contractor 450 and a license for the responsible designer 350 (one person can have both licenses, i.e., the license of the responsible designer and the license of the responsible contractor)

- 1 graduated engineer with license for designing and execution of special systems and measures for fire protection; stable fire alarm systems issued by the Ministry of Interior of RS

- 12 (twelve) Vocational qualification or High vocational qualification locksmith / installers

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 95: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 9511 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

- 12 (twelve) certified welders for procedure 111 (proof: copy of the certificate for welding of the pipeline of group 1.1 according to SRPS EN ISO / TR 15608). Welders must possess valid certificates - certificates of professional qualifications of the welders in accordance with SRPS EN 9606-1: 2015 (or SRPS EN 287-1)

- 4 (four) certified installers for heat shrinkable joints with a certificate of professional qualification for installation of joints

- 8 High vocational qualification or Vocational qualification operator of construction machinery

- 8 High vocational qualification or Vocational qualification category C drivers - 6 High vocational qualification or Vocational qualification masonry- 10 Semi skilled or Unqualified workers

5) Certificates:The bidder must possess the following valid certificates:

- certified quality management system ISO 9001- ISO 14001 certificate (environmental protection)- OHSAS 18001 and/or 45001 (safety and protection at work)- valid certificate for performance of works on pre-insulated DH pipelines for

project class C according to SRPS EN 13941 or EN 13941 issued by an authorized control organization

- valid certificate of preformed product type test in accordance with the requirements of the applicable SRPS or EN standards and SRPS EN 253 or EN 253, SRPS EN 448 or EN 448, SRPS EN 488 or EN 488, SRPS EN 489 or EN 489 issued by the control organization, accredited in accordance with ISO / IEC 17020 or in accordance with the EHP / 001 guidelines - the Bidder is obliged to deliver from the manufacturer or authorized distributor

- valid certificate of performed periodic control of the product in accordance with the requirements of the valid SRPS or EN standards and SRPS EN 253 or EN 253, SRPS EN 448 or EN 448, SRPS EN 488 or EN 488, SRPS EN 489 or EN 489 issued by the control organization, accredited in accordance with ISO / IEC 17020 or in accordance with the EHP / 001 guidelines, the Bidder is obliged to deliver from the manufacturer or authorized distributor

- valid certificate for welding equipment for the production of goods and performance of works on pre-insulated DH pipeline that is the subject of public procurement, SRPS EN ISO 3834: 2008 issued by an accredited certification body or a valid ISO 3834 certificate issued by an authorized body IIW

- valid approval of procedure of making permanent joints, issued by an accredited control body, which is also a notified body for the procedure 111, according to SRPS EN ISO 15614-1: 2008 / A2: 2012 for the type of welded joint BW and FW.

- valid approval of procedure of making permanent joints, issued by an accredited control body, which is also a notified body for the procedure 311, according to SRPS EN ISO 15614-1: 2008 / A2: 2012 for the type of welded joint BW and FW.

6) Measures in the field of occupational safety and protection of people and property.

7) Authorization of the equipment manufacturerThe bidder is obliged to submit the authorization from the manufacturer or general distributor on the territory of the Republic of Serbia for the following equipment: pre-insulated pipes, pre-insulated bends, pre-insulated branches, pre-insulated reduction pieces, heat shrinkable joints, end heat shrinkable joints, pre-insulated combined shut-off valves (end-producer), eco-compensators, pre-insulated fixed points, pumps, axial corrugated compensators, butterfly valves, ball valves and combined shut off – check butterfly valves.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 96: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 9611 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

1.3 If the bidder submits an bid with the subcontractor, in accordance with Article 80 of the Law, the subcontractor must fulfil the mandatory requirements referred to in Article 75, paragraph 1, items 1) to 4) of the Law, and proof of fulfilment of the conditions referred to in Article 75, paragraph 1, item 5 ) of this law for the part of the procurement that will be made through the subcontractor.

1.4 If a bid is submitted by a group of bidders, each bidder from a group of bidders must fulfil the mandatory requirements referred to in Article 75, paragraph 1, items 1) to 4) of the Act, and fulfil the additional requirements together. The condition referred to in Article 75, paragraph 1, item 5) of this Law shall be fulfilled by a bidder from a group of bidders entrusted with the execution of a part of the procurement for which the fulfilment of this requirement is necessary

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 97: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 9711 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

2. INSTRUCTION ON HOW TO PROVE THAT REQUIREMENTS ARE FULFILLED

1) The requirement under the Article 75, paragraph 1, item 1) of the Law – Proof: excerpt from the Business Registers Agency, i.e. excerpt from the Register of a competent Commercial Court.

2) The requirement under the Article 75, paragraph 1, item 2) of the Law – Proof: Legal entities: 1) certificate from the criminal record, i.e. certificate from the Basic Court for the area in which is the seat of domestic legal entity, i.e. representative office, or branch of a foreign legal entity, confirming that the legal entity has not been convicted for crimes against the economy, crimes against the environment, the crime of giving, or receiving bribe, the crime of fraud; 2) certificate from the criminal record of the Special Department for Criminal Acts of Organized Crime of the High Court in Belgrade, confirming that the legal entity has not been convicted for some criminal act of organized crime; 3) certificate from the criminal record, i.e. certificate from the competent Police Directorate of the Ministry of Interior, confirming that the Legal Representative of the Bidder has not been convicted for crimes against the economy, crimes against the environment, the crime of giving or receiving bribe, the crime of fraud, and for some criminal act of organized crime (request may be submitted according to the place of birth, or the place of residence of the legal representative.) If a Bidder has several legal representatives, he has to submit the proof for each of them. Entrepreneurs and natural persons: certificate from the criminal record, i.e. certificate from the competent Police Directorate of the Ministry of Interior, confirming that he has not been convicted for some criminal act as a member of an organized criminal group, and that he has not been convicted for crimes against the economy, crimes against the environment, the crime of giving, or receiving bribe, the crime of fraud (request may be submitted according to the place of birth, or the place of residence).The proof may not be older than two (2) months prior to opening of bids;

3) The requirement under the Article 75, paragraph 1, item 4) of the Law – Proof: certificate of the competent Tax Authority of the Ministry of Finance and the Ministry of Economy that it has paid due taxes and contributions and the certificate from the competent local authority that it has paid its obligations arising from the original local public revenues or certificate from the Privatization Agency that the Bidder is undergoing privatization process.The proof may not be older than two (2) months prior to opening of bids.

4) The requirement under the Article 75, paragraph 2 of the Law – Proof: Signed and verified by a stamp Form of the Statement (Form 9). The Statement must be signed by the authorized representative of the Bidder, and verified by a stamp.If a bid is submitted by a group of bidders, the Statement must be signed by the authorized person of each bidder from the group of bidders and sealed.

5) The requirement under the Article 75, paragraph 1, item 5) of the Law – Proof: A photocopy of a valid decision on the fulfilment of the conditions for the construction of the facility, or the execution of works for buildings for which the approval for construction is issued by the Ministry or Autonomous Province, License I032 M1.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 98: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 9811 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

The fulfilment of the Additional Requirements for participation in the Public Procurement Procedure, a Bidder proves by supplying the following proofs:

1) Financial capacity – Proof: Report on Solvency for Public Procurements BON-JN of the Agency for Business Registers, the Register of Financial Statements and Data on Solvency of Legal Entities and Entrepreneurs, which contains a concise Balance Sheet and Income Statement, indicators for solvency assessment for 2016, 2017 and 2018, as well as data on the days of illiquidity. Bidders who do not have the BON-JN for 2018 , shall submit BON-JN for 2015, 2016 and 2017, with the obligation to provide photocopies of Balance Sheet and Income Statement for 2018. If the submitted BON-JN report, does not contain data on illiquidity days for the last six months preceding the month of publication of the Invitation for submission of Bids on the Public Procurement portal, the Bidder is required to submit a certificate of the National Bank of Serbia proving that Bidder had not been insolvent in the last six months prior to the month of Publication of Invitation for submission of Bids on the Public Procurement portal.

2) Business capacity – Proof: the Bidder must submit a) Reference List (name of the Employer, contact person and telephone number, number and date of conclusion of the contract, brief description of the subject of the contract, year of realization and value of the contract). Reference List shall be for works that are subject of public procurement:

a) on delivery of pre-insulated steel pipelines of diameter DN600 and larger and on the installation of pre-insulated bonded pipelines of diameter DN350 and larger for works on measurement, regulation, control for the construction of remote monitoring and control systems based on the application of the redundant system SIMATIC S7-400H ("fault tolerant") and SCADA Siprocs visualization and control software, on thermal power plants (heat sources, district heating pump stations) installed thermal power over 50 MW. The reference list must be stamped and signed by the responsible person of the bidder. The bidder is obliged to submit a photocopy of the Certificate issued by the Employer listed in the reference list;

3) Technical capacity – Proof: For working self-propelled machines - photocopy of valid driving licenses and printing of traffic licenses, inventory list - certified and signed by the responsible person, lease, rental or leasing agreements valid for the entire duration of the validity of the Contract; For other equipment - a photocopy of the purchase or inventory list - certified and signed by the responsible person, lease, rental or leasing agreements valid for the duration of the validity of the Contract. The Employer reserves the right of subsequent verification.

4) Personnel Capacities – Proof: The bidder submits the list of persons engaged and the level of professional qualifications, photocopy of the licenses and attestation with proof of validity, photocopies of required valid certificates and approvals. Personnel qualification information must be on its own memorandum certified by seal and signature by the responsible person of the tenderer. One person may own both licenses, i.e. the license of the responsible designer and the responsible contractor.

5) Capacities – Proof: Bidders are obliged to submit a photocopy of the valid requested certificates and approvals. Certificates must be issued by a certified accredited body.

6) Measures in the field of occupational safety and protection of people and property - Proof: The bidder shall submit the Risk Assessment Act, name and surname of the person in charge of safety and health at work and the appropriate license. If a person is in charge of safety and health at work is hired on contract, provide a photocopy of the same. The document "Risk Assessment Act" can be submitted electronically on a CD, in which case in the written form (photocopies) only the first and last page of the document.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 99: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 9911 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

7) Authorization of the equipment manufacturer – Proof: The bidder is obligated, in a memorandum of equipment manufacturer, to submit an authorization for the equipment he offered. The authorization must be in Serbian

If a Bid is submitted by a Group of Bidders, the Bidder shall submit the above-mentioned proof for each member of the group proving that they fulfil the requirements under the Article 75, paragraph 1, items 1) to 4) of the Law.

The requirement under the Article 75, paragraph 1, item 5) of the Law is obligated to be filled out by a bidder from a group of bidders entrusted with the execution of a part of the procurement for which the fulfilment of this requirement is necessary.

Additional Requirements a Group of Bidders shall fulfil together.

If a Bidder submits the Bid with a Subcontractor, the Bidder shall submit the proof that the Subcontractor fulfils the requirements under the Article 75, paragraph 1, items 1) to 4) of the Law.

The above-mentioned evidence on fulfilment of the requirements, a Bidder may submit in form of uncertified copies, and the Employer may, before making a Decision on Awarding the Contract, requires the Bidder whose Bid was based on Report of Public Procurement rated as the most favourable to provide the original, or a certified copy of all or certain evidence.

If the Bidder in the appropriate term, which shall not be less than five days, does not provide the original or a certified copy of the required proof, the Employer will reject his offer as unacceptable.

Bidders registered with the Registers of the Business Registers Agency is not obliged to provide the proof under the Article 75, paragraph 1, item 1) to item 4), that are publicly available on the Business Registers Agency portal - Register of Bidders.

The Employer shall not reject a Bid as unacceptable if it doesn’t contain the proof required by the Tender Documentation, if the Bidder in his Bid states the website on which the required data are publicly available.

If the proof on fulfilment of the requirements is an electronic document, the Bidder submits a written copy of the electronic document, in accordance with the Law governing electronic document.

If the country in which the Bidder is seated does not issue the required proof, the Bidder may, instead of evidence, submit its written statement, made under criminal and material liability, and certified by a Court or Administrative Body, a Public Notary, or other competent body of such country.

If the Bidder is seated in a different country, the Employer can check if the documents used by the Bidder to prove fulfilment of the requirements were issued by the competent bodies of such country.

The Bidder shall promptly notify the Employer in writing of any change regarding the fulfilment of the terms of Public Procurement, which occurs until a Decision or Conclusion of the Contract, or during the term of the Public Procurement Contract, and document in the prescribed manner.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 100: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 10011 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

According to Article 77, paragraph 4 of the Law, fulfilment hygienic technical protection) or protective equipment of the Mandatory and Additional Requirements for participation in the Procurement Procedure, the Bidder is proving by submitting the Statement under criminal and material liability, in which it confirms that requirements for participating in Public Procurement are fulfilled, except requirements under the Article 75, paragraph 1, point 5) of the Law (it has valid permit issued by competent body to carry out economic activity which is the subject of Public Procurement, if such permit is stipulated by special regulation).

If a Bidder has submitted a Statement under the Article 77, paragraph 4 of this Law, the Employer is obligated to demand, before Decision on Awarding the Contract, from the Bidder whose Bid was evaluated as most advantageous to present copies of evidence on fulfilment of the requirements, and may requires the Bidder to provide the original, or a certified copy of all or certain proofs. Employer it can also request proof from other bidders (Article 79, paragraph 2 of the Law).

Where Bidder fails to present copies of requested evidence within the given adequate deadline, which may not be less than five (5) days, or (if required by the Employer) provide an original or certified copy of all or some of the evidence, Employer shall refuse its Bid as inacceptable.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 101: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 10111 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ON HOW TO PREPARE THE BID

1. INFORMATION ON THE LANGUAGE IN WHICH THE BID MUST BE PREPARED

The Bidder shall submit a Bid in the Serbian language.

2. THE MANNER IN WHICH THE BID MUST BE MADE

Bidder shall submit the Bid directly (in person), or by mail in a closed envelope or a box, closed in a way that at the Opening the Bids it can be determined with certainty that it is opened for the first time.

On the back of the envelope or the box, please indicate name and address of a Bidder.

In case the Bid is submitted by a Group of Bidders, it is necessary to note on the envelope that it is a Group of Bidders, and list the names and addresses of all participants in a Joint Bid.

A Bid shall be submitted to the following address: PUC “Beogradske elektrane”, Savski nasip 11, 11070 Novi Beograd, marked: “Bid for the Public Procurement – Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik, PP No. 137 ОР/19 – DO NOT OPEN”. The Bid is considered timely if it is received by the Employer as of 30.07.2019, until 9,00 00 hours.

The Employer, upon receipt of a specific Bid will on the envelope, or a box containing the offer, note the time of receipt and record the number and date of the Bid according to the order of arrival. If the Bid is submitted directly, the Employer will give receipt of the Bid to the Bidder’s representative. The acknowledgment of receipt of the Employer shall specify the date and time of receipt of the Bid.

A Bid which hasn’t been received by the Employer within the deadline specified for submission of Bids, i.e. which has been received after the date and hour specified for submission of Bids, shall be considered untimely.

A Bid, in addition to the documents proving fulfilment of Mandatory and Additional Conditions, shall contain:

Bid Form, Type, technical characteristics, quality, quantity and description of works, manner of

implementation of control and securing guarantee of the quality, completion deadline, place of execution of works

Technical documentation and plans Model Contract, Price Breakdown Form, Form for Bid preparation costs (not mandatory), Statement on Independent Bid, Statement on Compliance with the requirements under the Article 75, paragraph 2 of the Law, Bid Bond. Letter of Intent of the commercial bank for the performance securities and fault correction in

the Warranty Period.

Above-mentioned Forms shall be fill in, not with a graphite pencil, signed by Bidder’s authorized representative, and verified by a stamp.

If the Bidders submit a Joint Bid, the Group of Bidders may choose that the Forms from the Tender Documentation shall be signed, and verified by a stamp of all the Bidders from the group, or a Group

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 102: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 10211 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

of Bidders can name one Bidder from the group which will fill in, sign, and verify by a stamp the Forms from the Tender Documentation, except:

– the Forms that involve making Statement under material and criminal liability (Statement on Independent Bid and Statement on Compliance with the requirements under the Article 75, paragraph 2 of the Law).

If the Bidders submit a Joint Bid, the Forms that involve making a Statement under material and criminal liability (Statement on Independent Bid and Statement on Compliance with the requirements under the Article 75, paragraph 2 of the Law) shall be submitted for each participant in a Joint Bid separately, and each of the participants in the Joint Bid shall sign and certify with the seal form that relates to it.

In case the Bidders chose one Bidder from the group which will sign and verify by a stamp the Forms from the Tender Documentation, (except the Forms that involve making a Statement under material and criminal liability), that shall be defined by Agreement whereby Bidders from the group commit, between themselves and towards Employer, to execute Public Procurement, and which is an integral part of the Joint Bid according to the Article 81 of the Law.

3. LOTS

Public Procurement is not divided into lots.

4. BID WITH VARIANTS

Bid variants is not allowed.

5. MANNER OF AMENDING, SUPPLEMENTING AND CANCELLING THE BID

Within the deadline for submission of Bids, a Bidder may amend, supplement, or cancel its Bid in the manner specified in Tender Documentation.

The Bidder shall be obliged to clearly specify which part of the Bid is to be amended, i.e. which documents will be subsequently submitted.

Amend, supplement, or cancel of the Bid shall be submitted to the following address: PUC “Beogradske elektrane”, Savski nasip 11, 11070 Novi Beograd, indicating:

“Amend of the Bid for Public Procurement – Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik, PP No. 137 ОР/19 – DO NOT OPEN“, or

“Supplement of the Bid for Public Procurement – Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik, PP No. PP No. 137 ОР/19 – DO NOT OPEN“, or

“Cancel of the Bid for Public Procurement – Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik, PP No. 137 ОР/19 – DO NOT OPEN“, or

“Amend and supplement of the Bid for Public Procurement – Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik, PP No. 137 ОР/19 – DO NOT OPEN“.

On the back of the envelope, or box please indicate the name and address of the Bidder. In case the Bid is submitted by a Group of Bidders, it must be indicated on the envelope that it is a Group of Bidders with list of names and addresses of all participants in a Joint Bid.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 103: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 10311 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

After the deadline for submission of Bids, the Bidder cannot withdraw or modify its Bid.

6. PARTICIPATION IN A JOINT BID, OR AS A SUBCONTRACTOR

The Bidder who has submitted a Bid independently cannot, at the same time, participate in a Joint Bid or as a Subcontractor, or the same person cannot participate in more than one (1) Joint Bid.

In the Bid Form (Form 3), the Bidder indicates the manner of submitting its Bid, i.e. whether it is an Independent or Joint Bid, or a Bid with a Subcontractor.

7. BID WITH SUBCONTRACTOR

If a Bidder submits a Bid with a Subcontractor, then Bidder is obliged to indicate in Bid Form (Form 3) that the Bid is submitted with Subcontractor, the percentage of the total value of the procurement that will be entrusted to a Subcontractor, and which shall not be greater than 50%, as well as the part of Subject of the Procurement is to be done through the Subcontractor.

If the Bidder is going to entrust partial performance of the Procurement to a Subcontractor, the Bidder in the Bid Form shall indicate the name and registered office of the Subcontractor.

If the Public Procurement Contract is concluded between the Employer and the Bidder who submits the Bid with a Subcontractor, the Subcontractor shall be listed in the Public Procurement Contract.

In accordance with the Instruction on How to Prove Compliance with the Requirements, the Bidder is obliged to submit proof that Subcontractors fulfil the requirements set forth in the Tender Documentation.

A Bidder is fully responsible to the Employer for the execution of the obligation from the Public Procurement Procedure, i.e. execution of the Contractual Obligations, regardless of the number of Subcontractors.

The Bidder shall be obliged to the Employer, upon his request, to enable access to the Subcontractor, in order to determine compliance with the required conditions.

In respective Public Procurement, the Employer does not provide for the transfer of due receivables directly to the Subcontractor.

8. JOINT BID

A Bid may be submitted by a Group of Bidders.

If a Bid is submitted by a Group of Bidders, the Agreement by which the Bidders from the group undertake responsible to each other and to the Employer to carrying out the Public Procurement must be the integral part of the Joint Bid. This Agreement shall contain the information specified in the Article 81, paragraph 4, item 1) and 2) of the Law, namely the information on:

member of the group who will be the main Contractor, i.e. who will submit the Bid, and who will represent the Group of Bidders before the Employer, and

job description of each Bidder from the Group of Bidders in execution of the contract.

A Group of Bidders is required to submit all the evidence of fulfilment of requirements specified in Tender Documentation, in line with the Instruction on How to Prove Compliance with the Requirements.

Bidders from a Group of Bidders shall have unlimited liability towards the Employer.

A Cooperative may submit an independent Bid, on its own behalf, and on behalf of its members, or a Joint Bid on behalf of its members.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 104: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 10411 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

If the Cooperative submits a Bid on its own behalf, then the Cooperative and its members, in accordance with the Law, shall have liability for the requirements arising the Public Procurement Procedure and Public Procurement Contract.

If the Cooperative submits a Joint Bid on behalf of its members, then the members bear unlimited joint and several liabilities for the requirements arising the Public Procurement Procedure and Public Procurement Contract.

9. METHOD AND TERMS OF PAYMENT, WARRANTY PERIOD, AS WELL AS OTHER RELATED CIRCUMSTANCES IMPACTING THE ACCEPTABILITY OF THE BID

9.1 Requirements regarding method, deadline and terms of payment

The contracted value will be invoiced and paid according to the level of completion, and up to the amount of planned funds from the Financial Plan of the Employer for each year and in accordance with the Time schedule referred to in Article 4 of the Contract Model.

The Employer will pay the invoice within up to 38 (thirty-eight) days from the date of invoice verification by the supervisory authority.

The supervisory authority will return the invoice verified or not verified to the Contractor with an explanation within 7 (seven) days from the date of receipt of the invoice.

It is not allowed pledge contract to third parties without the consent of the Employer

9.2 Requirement regarding the Warranty Period

Warranty Period: ____ months (at least 24 months) from the Minutes on handover date.

9.3 Requirements regarding the deadline for completion of Works

Deadline for completion of contractual obligations is December 31st 2021.

9.4 Requirement regarding the Validity Period of the Bid

The Validity Period shall not be shorter than forty-five (45) days since the date of Bid opening.

In case of the expiration of the Bid Validity Period, the Employer is obliged to send a written request to the Bidders asking the extension of the Bid.

The Bidder who accepts the request for the extension of the Bid Validity Period cannot change its Bid.

9.5 Other requirements

There are no other requirements

10. CURRENCY AND MANNER IN WHICH PRICE MUST BE STATED AND SPECIFIED IN THE BID

The price shall be expressed in RSD, with and without VAT, including all costs that the Bidder has in the implementation of the Public Procurement, provided that evaluation of the Bid, the price without VAT will be taken into account.

The price includes the design and delivery of the goods to the address specified by Employer.

The price is fixed and cannot be changed.

If the Bid presented an unusually low price, the Employer shall act in accordance with Article 92 of the Law.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 105: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 10511 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

11. INFORMATION ON TYPE, CONTENT, MANNER OF SUBMISSION, AMOUNT AND DEADLINES FOR GUARANTY FOR FULFILLMENT OF THE BIDDER’S OBLIGATIONS

11.1 The Bidder is obliged to submit Bid bond – (Bank guarantee for seriousness of tender) In the amount of 2% of the total value of the Bid, VAT excluded.

The bidder provides Bank guarantee at its own expense, and it must be irrevocable, unconditional, free of charge and chargeable at the first call, with a validity of 45 (forty-five) days from the day of opening the bids.

Employer shall cash Bank guarantee provided with the Bid if:

1) the Bidder after the deadline for submission of Bids withdrawn, cancel or amend its offer, or

2) The Bidder that has been awarded Contract in a timely manner does not sign the Public Procurement Contract.

Employer will return the Bank guarantee to Bidders with whom the contract has not been concluded after the conclusion of the contract with the selected bidder.

If the Bidder fails to submit this Bank guarantee, a Bid will be rejected as unacceptable.

11.2 The selected Bidder is obliged that within fifteen (15) days from the conclusion of the Contract, submit to the Employer Bank guarantee as for performance of works, which will be with clauses: irrevocable, unconditional, payable at first call and without the right to object. A bank guarantee for performance of works shall be issued in the amount of 10% of the total value of the contract without VAT, with a validity period of 30 days longer than the deadline for execution of the works. If the time limits for the execution of the contractual obligation change during the contract period, the validity of the bank guarantee for the performance of the work must be extended.

11.3 The selected Bidder is obliged that at the moment of handover of the subject of public procurement submit to Employer a Bank guarantee for the correction of defects within the warranty period, which will be with the clauses: irrevocable, unconditional, payable at first call and without the right to object. A bank guarantee for the correction of defects within the warranty period shall be issued in the amount of 5% of the total value of the contract, VAT excluded. The validity of the bank guarantee must be 5 (five) days longer than the warranty period. The Employer will redeem a for the correction of defects within the warranty period in case the selected bidder fails to perform the obligation to correct the defect that could reduce the possibility of using the subject of the contract within the warranty period.

Attachment: Original Bank guarantee for seriousness of tender of 2% of the bid value and letter of intent of the commercial bank in connection with the issuance of Bank guarantees for performance of works (10%) and Bank guarantee for the correction of defects within the warranty period (5%).

12. PROTECTION OF THE CONFIDENTIALITY OF INFORMATION THAT EMPLOYER MADE AVAILABLE TO THE BIDDERS, INCLUDING THEIR SUBCONTRACTORS

Respective procurement does not contain Confidential Information made available by the Employer.

13. AMENDMENTS TO PUBLIC PROCUREMENT CONTRACT UNDER ARTICLE 115, PARAGRAPH 1

After the conclusion of the public procurement contract, the Employer may increase the scope of the subject of procurement without the implementation of the public procurement procedure, with the value of the contract being increased up to 5% of the total value of the contract initially concluded, whereby with the total value of the contract being increased cannot be higher than of the value

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 106: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 10611 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

referred to in Article 39, paragraph 1 of this Law, or Article 124a for the Employer in the field of water management, energy, transport and postal services, provided that this possibility is clearly and precisely stated in the Tender Documentation and Public Procurement Contract.

14. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION OR CLARIFICATION REGARDING BID PREPARATION

Any interested party may, in writing (by mail to the address of the Employer, and by email to [email protected]) request from the Employer additional information or clarification regarding Bid preparation, where he can point out to the Employer and possible shortcomings and irregularities in the tender documentation, no later than five (5) days before the deadline for submission of Bids.

The Employer shall, within three (3) days after receipt of a request, publish the response on the Public Procurement portal and on its website

Additional information or clarification shall be addressed with a note “Request for additional information or clarification regarding the Tender Documentation, PP No. 137 ОР/19”.

If the Employer changes or amends the Tender Documentation eight (8) or less days before the deadline for submission of the Bids, he shall extend the deadline for submission of Bids and publish an announcement regarding the extension of the deadline for submission of Bids.

After the deadline for submission of the Bids, the Employer cannot change or amend the Tender Documentation.

Request for additional information or clarification regarding Bid preparation by phone is not permitted.

Communication in the Public Procurement Procedure is carried out only in the manner specified in Article 20 of the Law.

15. ADDITIONAL CLARIFICATION FROM THE BIDDER AFTER BIDS OPENING AND CONTROL OF BIDDER, I.E. ITS SUBCONTRACTORS

After Opening of the Bids, during the professional evaluation of the Bids, the Employer may, in writing, request from the Bidder additional clarifications that will help in the review, evaluation and comparison of the Bids, and may perform the control (inspection) at the Bidder, as well as its Subcontractor (Article 93. of the Law).

If the Employer finds that additional explanations are needed or the control (inspection) of the Bidder is necessary, i.e. its Subcontractor, the Employer shall leave an appropriate time limit for the Bidder to act upon the invitation of the Employer, or to provide Employer control (inspection) of the Bidder, as well as its Subcontractors.

The Employer may, with the consent of the Bidder, correct calculation errors observed during the evaluation of the Bid after the Bid Opening Procedure.

In case of difference between unit price and total price, the unit price shall prevail.

If the Bidder does not agree with the correction of calculation errors, the Employer will reject his Bid as unacceptable.

16. TYPE OF CRITERIA FOR CONTRACT AWARD, ELEMENTS OF CRITERIA FOR CONTRACT AWARD AND METHODOLOGY FOR AWARDING POINTS FOR EACH ELEMENT OF THE CRITERIA

The Bids will be evaluated by applying the criteria of lowest price offered (total price is rated VAT excluded from Form 2, item 5.1).

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 107: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 10711 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

17. ELEMENTS OF THE CRITERIA UNDER WHICH THE EMPLOYER MAKE AN AWARD OF A CONTRACT IN CASE THERE ARE TWO OR MORE BIDS WITH EQUAL NUMBER OF POINTS

In the event that there are two or more bids with the same bid price, the Employer will assign a contract to a Bidder offering a longer warranty period.

18. USE OF PATENTS AND LIABILITY FOR BREACH OF PROTECTED INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES

The fee for the use of patents, as well as liability for breach of protected Intellectual Property Rights of third parties shall be borne by the Bidder.

19. MANNER AND DEADLINE FOR SUBMISSION OF THE REQUEST FOR THE PROTECTION OF RIGHTS WITH INSTRUCTION ON PAYMENT OF FEE UNDER ARTICLE 156 OF THE LAW

A request for the Protection of Rights may be submitted by the Bidder, i.e. any interested party having an interest in awarding a contract in a public procurement procedure and who has suffered or could suffer damage due to the Employer's conduct contrary to the provisions of the Act.

Request for the Protection of Rights is filed to Employer, and the claimant shall simultaneously submit a copy of the request to the Republic Commission.

At the same time, the claimant shall submit a copy of the request for the Protection of Rights to the Republic Commission. Request for Protection of Rights is delivered directly or by registered mail with return receipt. Request for the Protection of Rights may be filed during the entire Public Procurement Procedure against any action of Contracting Authority, unless otherwise specified by the Law.

Request for the Protection of Rights challenging the type of procedure, the contents of the call for competition or Tender Documentation, shall be considered timely if received by Employer at latest seven (7) days before the expiry of time limit for the submission of Bids , and if the claimant in accordance with the Article 63, paragraph 2 of the Law pointed out to Employer on possible deficiencies and irregularities, and the Employer did not correct it, regardless of the manner of delivery.

Request for protection of rights challenging the actions undertaken by the Employer before the expiration of the deadline for submission of bids, and after the expiration of the deadline referred to in paragraph 3 of Article 149 of the Law, it shall be considered timely if it is submitted not later than the expiration of the deadline for submission of Bids.

Following the Decision on Awarding Contract under 108 of the Law, or Decision on Cancelling the Public Procurement Procedure under Article 109 of the Law, the deadline for filing request for the Protection of Rights shall be ten (10) days from the day of publishing the Decision at the Public Procurement Portal.

Request for the Protection of Rights cannot challenge activities of Employer performed in Public Procurement Procedure if the claimant knew or could know the reasons for its submission before the expiry of time limit for submission of request under Article 149, items 3 and 4, and the claimant did not submit it before the expiry of that time limit.

Where in the same Public Procurement Procedure was filed another request for the protection of Rights by the same claimant, the second request cannot challenge the activities of Employer which the claimant knew or could know during the submission of the previous request.

Employer shall inform all participants in Public Procurement Procedure of the filed request for the Protection of Rights at the public Procurement Portal, no later than two days from the day of receiving request for the Protection of Rights.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 108: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 10811 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Request for the Protection of Rights does not retain further activities of Employer in Public Procurement Procedure in accordance with the provisions referred to in Article 150 of the Law.

The Employer may decide to suspend further activities in the case of filing a request for the protection of rights, in which it is obligated, in the notice on the submitted request for protection of rights, to stop further activities in the public procurement procedure.

Claimant shall pay a fee to the specified account of the Budget of the Republic of Serbia under Article 156 of the Law in the amount of RSD 120.000,00 if challenge the certain activities of Employer before Bid Opening, and if estimated value do not exceed RSD 120.000.000,00, RSD 250.000,00 if the request for protection of rights is submitted before the bid is opened and if estimated value do not exceed RSD 120.000.000,00.

Where request for the Protection of Rights was submitted after the day of Bid Opening, and estimated value do not exceed RSD 120.000.000,00, the fee amounts RSD 120.000,00, as well as if the request is submitted after the opening of the bids and if the sum of the estimated values of all the disputed lots is not more than 120,000,000.00 RSD, if the procurement is divided into lots.

The fee is 0,1% of the estimated value of Public Procurement, or price offered by the Bidder to whom was awarded Contract, if the request for protection of rights is submitted after the opening of bids, and if so value exceeds RSD 120.000.000,00, i.e. 0.1% of the sum of the estimated values of all disputed public procurement lots, i.e. the offered price of the bidder to whom the contracts were awarded, if the request for protection of rights is submitted after the opening of tenders, and if that value exceeds RSD 120.000.000,00.

As a proof of paid fee referred to in Article 151, paragraph 1, item 6) of the Law, the following will be accepted:

1. receipt of paid fee under Article 156 of the Law containing the following elements:

(1) to be issued by the bank and to have the bank’s stamp;

(2) to represent the proof of paid fee, which means that the receipt shall contain information that the payment order for the payment of fee, i.e. a transfer order realized, as well as the date of execution of the order.

* Republic Commission may inspect the corresponding excerpt of record account submitted by the Ministry of Finance - Treasury Administration, and in this way, further check the fact that the transfer order was executed.

(3) fee amount under Article 156 of the Law whose payment is made;

(4) account number: 840-30678845-06;

(5) payment description code: 153 or 253;

(6) charge reference: information on number or designation of the Public Procurement regarding which the Request for the Protection of Rights is submitted;

(7) description: law for the protection of rights; name of Employer; number or designation of the public procurement regarding which the Request for the Protection of Rights is submitted;

(8) beneficiary: budget of the Republic of Serbia;

(9) payer’s name, i.e. name of claimant for whom the payment of fee is made;

(10) signature of the bank’s authorized person.

2. Payment order, the first copy, certified by the signature of the authorized person and the stamp of the bank or post office, which also contains all other elements from the confirmation of the payment of the fee referred to in item 1.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 109: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 10911 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

3. Certificate issued by the Republic of Serbia, the Ministry of Finance, Treasury Administration, signed and stamped, containing the elements from receipt of paid fee referred to in item 1, except those listed under (1) and (10), for the claimants who have an open account at the associated consolidated treasury account, and which is registered in Treasury Administration (budget beneficiaries, beneficiaries of funds of organizations for mandatory social insurance and other beneficiaries of public funds);

4. Certificate issued by the National Bank of Serbia, containing the elements from receipt of paid fee referred to in item 1, for the claimants (banks and other entities) who have an open account at National Bank of Serbia in accordance with the Law and other regulations.

The procedure for protecting the rights of Bidders is governed by the provisions under Article 138 - 167 of the Law.

20. TIME FRAME FOR CONCLUDING THE FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT

Employer shall deliver the public procurement contract to the Bidder to which it has been awarded within eight (8) days after the deadline for submission of the request for the Protection of Rights under the Article 149 of the Law.

In case that is only one Bid submitted, Employer may conclude the Contract before the deadline for submission of requests for the Protection of Rights, in accordance with Article 112, paragraph 2, item 5) of the Law.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 110: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 11011 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Form 3

BID FORM

Bid No. _________ dated ________ 2019, for the Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19

Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

1) GENERAL INFORMATION ON THE BIDDER

Bidder:

Address:

Registration number:

Tax identification number (TIN):

Contact person:

E-mail:

Telephone number:

Fax number:

Account number and name of the Bank:

Representative authorized to sign the Contract:

2) BID IS SUBMITTED:

A) INDEPENDENTLY

B) WITH SUBCONTRACTOR

C) AS A JOINT BID

Note:

Encircle the manner of Bid submission and enter information on the Subcontractor, if the Bid is made with a Subcontractor, i.e. information on all participants in the Joint Bid, if the Bid is submitted by a Group of Bidders.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 111: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 11111 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

3) INFORMATION ON SUBCONTRACTOR

1) Bidder:

Address:

Registration number:

Tax identification number (TIN):

Contact person:

Percent of the total value of the procurement that will be conducted by the Subcontractor:Part of procurement that will be conducted by the Subcontractor:

2) Subcontractor:

Address:

Registration number:

Tax identification number (TIN):

Contact person:

Percent of the total value of the procurement that will be conducted by the Subcontractor:Part of procurement that will be conducted by the Subcontractor:

Note:

Table “Information on Subcontractor” shall be filled in only by the Bidder submitting a Bid with a Subcontractor, and if the number of Subcontractors is larger than the number of places provided in the Table, it is necessary to copy the Form provided in sufficient number of copies, fill in and submit for each Subcontractor.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 112: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 11211 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

4) INFORMATION ON THE PARTICIPANT IN THE JOINT BID

1) Participant in the Joint Bid:

Address:

Registration number:

Tax identification number (TIN):

Contact person:

2) Participant in the Joint Bid:

Address:

Registration number:

Tax identification number (TIN):

Contact person:

3) Participant in the Joint Bid:

Address:

Registration number:

Tax identification number (TIN):

Contact person:

Note:

Table “Information on the participant in the Joint Bid” shall be filled in only by the Bidder submitting a Joint Bid, and if the number of participants in Joint Bid is larger than the number of places provided in the Table, it is necessary to copy the Form provided in sufficient number of copies, fill in and submit for each Bidder participating in the Joint Bid.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 113: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 11311 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

5) DESCRIPTION OF SUBJECT OF PUBLIC PROCUREMENT -

Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

5.1 Total value(VAT excluded)

5.2 Total value(VAT included)

5.3 Deadline and manner of payment

The contracted value will be invoiced and paid according to the level of completion, and up to the amount of planned funds from the Financial Plan of the Employer for each year and in accordance with the Time schedule referred to in Article 4 of the Contract Model.

The Employer shall pay the invoices issued within 38 days (thirty days) from the date of the verification of the invoice by the supervisory authority.

The supervisory authority will return the invoice to the Contractor verified or not verified with an explanation within 7 (seven) days from the date of receipt of the invoice.

It is not allowed to pledge contracts to third parties without the consent of the Employer.

Payment shall be made to the Bidder’s account.5.4 Deadline for

completion of WorksDeadline for completion of contractual obligations is December 31st 2021.

5.5 Warranty Period ______ months (at least 24 months) from Minutes on hand over.

5.6 Duration of the Bid Validity

Forty-five (45) days from the Bids opening date.

Signature of Bidder’s authorized representative:

Note:

The Bidder shall fill in and sign the Bid Form, confirming that the correct data are listed in the Bid Form. If the Bidders submit a Joint Bid, a Group of Bidders may choose that the Bid Form will be signed by all Bidders from the Group of Bidders, or the Group of Bidders may designate one Bidder from the group who will fill in and sign the Bid Form.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 114: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 11411 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Form 4

MODEL CONTRACT ON WORKS

This Contract is concluded between:

1. PUC Beogradske elektrane with a seat in Belgrade, street Savski nasip 11,represented by Acting Director Rade Basta (hereinafter referred to as: Employer)

and

2. …………………………………….… with a seat in ………………………………………………represented by …………………………………….… (hereinafter referred to as: Contractor)

Article 1

By this contract, the Employer entrusts the Contractor with the execution of works on - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik, (hereinafter referred to as: the Law: Works), based on the public invitation for submission of bids in the open procedure for Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19.

The contractor undertakes to perform the contracted work, all in accordance with the adopted bid of the Bidder number.............. dated on .................. and the technical specification to it, which form an integral part of this Contract, valid technical regulations and standards, Law on Planning and Construction and other regulations and professional rules, i.e. the terms of this Contract.

Technical Documentation

Article 2

Integral parts of the Contract are:

- Terms of Reference and Technical Conditions;- Adopted Bid of the Contractor;- Other technical documentation relevant for the implementation of the Contract.- Time schedule for works

During the execution of works, a measurement book and a building log certified by the contracting parties must be kept, and with this contract make an integral part of the technical documentation.

Article 3

The Contractor's obligation is to prepare all necessary design documentation and to perform works with the procurement and installation of the equipment for Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik, according to the turn-key procedure.

Article 4

Prior to the commencement of works the Contractor is obliged to submit to the Employer for approval the plan of the time schedule for development of design documentation, works and time schedule for the delivery and installation of the equipment.

The Employer and the Contractor will directly cooperate and consult all the time during the implementation of the Contract.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 115: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 11511 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Prior to the commencement of works, the Contractor shall appoint a Responsible Contractor and notify the Employer about the appointment.

Contract Price

Article 5

Contract price is fixed and will not be a subject of change during the validity of Contract, and on the day of the bidding totals

RSD _________________

(in words: ___________________________________________________________).

The price includes all costs of the Contractor.

The price referred to in paragraph 1 shall include all costs of Contractor, including design, all necessary material and good, engaged expert workforce and all transport costs.

Value added tax is not included because it falls to the burden of the Employer, or the Employer is obliged to settle it in an internal manner in accordance with Amendments to the Law on Value Added Tax, Article 10, paragraph 2, item 3, Classification of Economic Activities 43.22.

Article 6

Works shall be carried out according to the "turnkey" procedure - the agreed price includes the value of all unforeseen works and surplus works, and the influence of shortages of work on an agreed price is excluded. Additional works cannot be performed.

Deadline for Performance of Works

Article 7

Deadline for completion of contractual obligations (completed design documentation, works completed, equipment installed) is until December 31st 2021.

Article 8

If the contractor does not fulfil his contractual obligations due to his fault, or does not finish the works within the agreed time, the Employer will either give to the contractor subsequent appropriate deadline, provided that except for a deadline the contractual conditions are not changed, or the set for contractor deadline with a proposal to change the contractual conditions when they will decide together whether to change or unilaterally terminate this Contract and activate the Performance Guarantee.

Article 9

On the day of completion of works will be considered day when the Contractor informs the Employer in writing that the works from this contract have been completed and are ready for handover.

The date of completion of works will be recorded in the works log.

If the Employer finds that the works are not ready for handover, it will be considered that the works have not been completed, and the costs under this call are borne by the Contractor.

Article 10

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 116: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 11611 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

The deadline for the completion of the works can be extended at the request of the contractor if the following circumstances arise within the contracted period:

- force majeure recognized by existing regulations,- action of third parties without the fault of the contractor,

In case of occurrence of the circumstances from the previous paragraph, the contractor is obliged to timely submit a request for extension of the deadline for carrying out the works, with proof of the duration of the circumstances that caused the extension of the deadline.

The contracting parties are obliged to make an annex to this contract on an extended period.

Payments

Article 11

The contracted value will be invoiced and paid according to the level of completion, and up to the amount of planned funds from the Financial Plan of the Employer for each year and in accordance with the Time schedule referred to in Article 4 of this Contract.

The Employer shall pay the invoices issued within 38 days (thirty days) from the date of the verification of the invoice by the supervisory authority.

The supervisory authority shall return the invoice to the Contractor verified or not verified with an explanation within 7 (seven) days from the date of receipt of the same.

Interim and final payment certificates the contractor shall submit to the Employer in the six (6) copies.

The Contractor issues the final payment certificate to the Employer with the Minutes on the Handover and the Record on the Final calculation of executed works.

The final payment certificate will be verified and the payments made within the deadlines agreed upon for Interim payment certificates submitted for the executed works.

The Contractor is obliged to submit invoices for executed works to the Employer on the following address:

JKP „Beogradske elektrane“, Direkcija za razvoj i investicije, Novi Beograd, ul. Savski nasip 11.

The invoices can be forwarded electronically to the address of the Employer [email protected].

Prior to the forwarding of electronic invoices, the Contractor must provide the name of the responsible person who will forward the electronic invoices as well as the electronic address (e-mail) from which the invoices will be delivered to the Employer.

Electronic invoices must be addressed to the appropriate Directorate of Employer.

The contracting parties agree that, in accordance with the provisions of Article 436, paragraph 2 of the Law on Obligations, the Contractor shall not be entitled to transfer receivables to third parties without the consent of the Employer.

Article 12

The Contractor shall enter in all payment certificates and other payment documentation the name of the facility and the sector number from the subject of this contract.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 117: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 11711 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Liquidated Damage

Article 13

If the Contractor is late and does not perform the works within the agreed deadline he is obligated to pay for every day of delay to the Employer amount of 0.2% of the total price of the contracted works, provided that the total amount of Liquidated Damages shall not exceed 5% of the total price of contracted works.

The Employer is entitled to the payment of the Liquidated Damages and without a special notice to the contractor, with the issuance of an appropriate settlement, with a payment deadline of 15 days from the date of issuance of the same.

The collection of the Liquidated Damages does not exclude the right of the Employer to activate the deposited Bank Performance Guarantee and for the compensation of actual damage.

Supervision over the execution of works

Article 14

The Employer shall carry out expert supervision over the execution of works by the contractor through the supervisory authority representing the Employer for all technical and other issues in the realization of this contract.

The Employer informs the contractor about the supervisory authority and its authorizations.

All written instructions or written orders by the supervisory authority are obligatory for contractors and Employer as if they were given by the Employer.

The Contractor is obliged to act immediately upon the objections given by the supervisory authority.

If the contractor is dissatisfied with a decision of the supervisory authority, he has the right to inform the Employer about this, who will then approve, reject or change the decision within 5 (five) days from the date of receipt of the request.

The decision of the Employer is obligatory for the contractor.

If the Employer does not respond to the complaint of the contractor within the foreseen deadline, it will be considered that the Employer did not agree with the complaint.

Ensuring the quality of materials, goods and works

Article 15

The Contractor is obliged to provide a quality system that confirms compliance with the requirements stated in the Contract and the Technical Documentation. The Contractor is obliged to install material and equipment into the facility in accordance with the prescribed or contracted quality.

At the special request of the Employer, the Contractor is obliged to carry out additional checks of the quality of the installed material, while the costs of it, if the results are positive, is borne by the Employer.

The final assessment of the quality of the performed works and installed goods is carried out during the handover of the performed works and installed goods.

The Employer reserves the right to hire an independent control organization at his own expense in order to check the quality for the installed goods and executed works.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 118: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 11811 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Guarantee for the quality of performed works

Article 16

The contractor is obliged to perform the works in accordance with the requirements from the tender documentation.

The contractor guarantees for the quality of the performed works, installed goods and materials and the functionality of installations within _________ (minimum 24 months) counting from the day of the preformed handover with Minutes between Contractor and Employer, or from the day of correcting remarks made during the handover.

Article 17

For the installed goods, the manufacturer's warranty is valid. In the event that the manufacturer's warranty period is shorter than _________ (minimum 24 months), for the remainder of the deadline the obligation is transferred to the Contractor.

Within the warranty period, the original warranty sheets for the goods are retained by the Contractor, and copies are handed over to the Employer during hand over. After the expiration of the warranty period, the Contractor hands the original warranty sheets to the Employer.

Article 18

The Contractor is obliged, during the period of validity of the warranty period, upon receipt of the written complaint of the Employer to correct defects on the performed works and / or installed equipment or material at its own expense, to fix identified deficiencies arising during the warranty period, within 5 days of receipt complaints in each case.

In the event that the contractor does not remedy the defects from the previous paragraph, the Employer has the right to activate the bank guarantee for correction of defects in the warranty period.

Collateral

Article 19

For Performance Guarantee

The Contractor undertakes to submit to the Employer within a period of 15 days from the date of the conclusion of the contract a Bank Performance Guarantee for the works, which shall be with the clauses: unconditional and payable on the first call, irrevocable, without the right to protest and prove.

A Bank Performance Guarantee for the works shall be issued in the amount of 10% of the total value of the contract, VAT excluded with a validity period of 30 (thirty) days longer than the expiration of the contract.

The Employer will redeem the Bank Performance Guarantee in the event that the selected Contractor does not fulfil all of its obligations in the deadlines and in the manner provided by the contract.

The submitted bank guarantee cannot contain additional terms for payment, shorter deadlines, lower amount or changed jurisdiction for dispute resolution.

The selected Contractor may submit a guarantee of a foreign bank only if the credit rating assigned to that bank corresponds to the lowest level of credit quality 3 (investment grade).

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 119: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 11911 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

For correcting defects in the warranty period

The Employer to, at the time of hand over of works with Minutes, submit to the Employer a Bank guarantee for the correction of defects within the guarantee period, which shall be with the clauses: unconditional and payable on the first call, irrevocable, without the right to protest and prove.

Bank guarantee for the correction of possible defects in the warranty period is issued in the amount of 5% of the total value of the contract, VAT excluded, and the its validity starts from the date of hand over of works, for each contract and lasts 5 (five) days longer than expiration of the warranty period for each individual contract.

The Employer will activate the Bank guarantee if the selected Contractor during the duration of the warranty period does not correct defects of the performed works, determined during the handover of works.

Insurance, Securing and Guarding of Construction Sites, and Risk-Taking

Article 20

The Contractor is obliged, prior to the commencement of the works, until the handover, at his own expense, to insure the materials and equipment from their usual risks to their full value. Insurance costs are calculated in the contract price.

The contractor is obliged, during the execution of works, at its own expense, at the construction site, to take all the usual measures to ensure the safety of the facility, works, equipment, devices and installations, workers, passers-by, traffic, neighbouring facilities and the surroundings, to keep all material assets from damage, as well as to organize and enforce the protection at the workplace of its employees according to the Law on Safety and Health at Work ("Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia" No. 101/2005) and its acts, to adhere and implement fire protection measures according to the acts of the Employer.

Article 21

During the execution of the works, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, take all the usual security measures on the construction site, as well as the keeping of all material goods from damage or alienation.

The Contractor undertakes to submit to the Employer a list of all hazardous substances or materials used on the construction site.

The Contractor undertakes to remove the debris from the site as well as all other waste generated during the works, with the prior announcement and consent of the Employer regarding the contents of the debris and waste that are to be removed from the site. It also undertakes to act with waste materials in accordance with the provisions of the Environmental Protection Act (Official Gazette of RS No. 135/2004, 36/2009, 36/2009 - other law, 72/2009 - other law, 43 / 2011 - Decision of Constitutional Court, 14/2016, 76/2018, 95/2018 - other law and 95/2018 - other law), the Law on Waste Treatment (Official Gazette of RS No. 25/96 and 26/96) and the Law on Waste Management ("Official Gazette of RS", No. 36/2009, 88/2010, 14/2016 and 95/2018 - other law). Waste materials must be disposed of at predetermined sites that have a Hazardous Goods Storage Certificate, with the obligation to submit the Certificate to the Employer.

The contractor will hand over and take care of the insulation materials.

The Contractor undertakes to immediately indemnify the Employer for the damage caused by the use of the imported substances.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 120: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 12011 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Article 22

Damage that occurs on other installations or buildings due to the execution of works, the Contractor must correct at its own expense.

From the commencement of the works to their handover, the risk of accidental damage and damage to works, materials and equipment shall be borne by the Contractor, and after the handover, the Employer.

Handover of completed Works and final settlement

Article 23

Once the works have been completed, and the facility referred to in Article 1 of this contract is fully ready for handing over, the contractor invites the Employer to handover in writing, and the Employer will immediately upon receipt of the notice, perform the handover and the final settlement immediately.

Minutes prepared on handover shall include all relevant information about the installation of goods and executed works and the start and end dates of the handover.

The Contractor is obliged, along with the handover of works to submit to the Employer the certificate on the quality of the installed material, as well as the certificates and warranty sheets of the installed goods.

The deadline for executing the handover is 60 (sixty) days from the date of completion of the works.

Article 24

If the Employer finds that the works have not been completed, he may refuse to participate in the handover, in which case the costs of all previous procedures until the refusal of further participation shall be paid by the Contractor.

Final settlement

Article 25

The final settlement begins immediately after the handover (completed: commissioning, trial operation, warranty tests) and ends within 60 (sixty) days from the day of handover.

For the purposes of final settlement, a Commission, composed of authorized persons in front of both Contracting Parties, will be formed immediately before the final settlement is initiated, and the minutes of the formation of the Commission will be drawn up.

Article 26

The contractor is obliged to remove the remaining material, equipment, means of work and temporary objects from the construction site, clean waste from the building the and arrange it in the manner determined by the investment-technical documentation.

Article 27

Each Contracting Party shall bear its own costs of final settlement.

Contract Termination

Article 28

Termination of the contract under the terms of this contract, or by the will of the signatories, is possible with the prior regulation of mutual obligations.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 121: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 12111 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Each Contracting Party may unilaterally, in writing to the other party, terminate this Contract in the event that the other party fails to perform its contractual obligations all in the contracted manner and within the agreed deadline, or in case of material breach of the contract, in accordance with the provisions of the Law on obligatory relations.

The contracting party responsible for the termination of the contract is obliged to compensate the other party for the actual damage.

Final Provisions

Article 29

All matters that are not regulated under this Contract shall be arranged under the Law on Public Procurement, Law of Obligations and the Law on Planning and Construction.

Article 30

All the disputes arising from the Contract, the Contracting Parties shall settle by mutual agreement. If the dispute is not resolved amicably, the Commercial Court in Belgrade is competent to resolve the disputed issues.

Article 31

This contract shall enter into force on the date of signature by authorized persons in front of both Contracting Parties and shall apply and shall produce a legal effect from day of the provision of financial security funds for the performance of works until the fulfilment of obligations by both parties.

Article 32

This Contract is made in six (6) originals of which four (4) are for the Employer, and two (2) are for the Contractor.

CONTRACTOR EMPLOYER

Note: This Model Contract represents the content of the contract that will be concluded with the selected bidder, and the Employer, if the bidder, without justified reasons, refuses to conclude a public procurement contract, after being awarded the contract, shall provide the Public Procurement Office with evidence of a negative reference, i.e. a document on the realized security mean for fulfilment of obligations in the public procurement procedure

Submitted Model Contract the Bidder shall complete and sign, confirming that accepts elements of the Model Contract. In case of Joint Bid and Bid with Subcontractor, in the Model Contract shall be listed all Bidders from the Group of Bidders, i.e. Subcontractors.In case of submission of a Joint Bid, the Group of Bidders may choose that the Model Contract shall be signed by all the Bidders from the group, or a Group of Bidders may name one Bidder from the group which will fill in and sign.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 122: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 12211 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Form 5

PRICE BREAKDOWN FORM WITH INSTRUCTIONS ON HOW TO FILL IN

Total priceVAT excl.

VAT Total priceVAT incl.

1 2 3 4

Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Instruction how to fill in the Price Breakdown Form:

The Bidder shall fill in the Price Breakdown Form in the following manner:

In Column 2. enter the price, excluded VAT, for requested subject of Public Procurement; In Column 3. enter amount of VAT for requested subject of Public Procurement; In Column 4. enter the price, VAT included, for requested subject of Public Procurement and by adding

the amount from Column 2 and Column 3.Date: Responsible person:

Note: The Bidder shall fill in and sign Price Breakdown Form certifying that the correct data are specified in the Form.

If the Bidders submit a Joint Bid, the Group of Bidders may choose that the Form shall be signed by all the Bidders from the group, or a Group of Bidders may name one Bidder from the group which will fill in and sign.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 123: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 12311 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Form 6

FORM OF BID PREPARATION COSTS

In accordance with the Article 88, paragraph 1 of the Law, the Bidder ___________________ (name of the Bidder), submits the total amount and structure of Bid preparation, as follows in the Table

TYPE OF COST AMOUNT OF COST

TOTAL AMOUNT OF THE BID PREPARATION COSTS

Bid preparation and submission costs shall be borne exclusively by the Bidder, and the Bidder cannot require from the Employer to refund the expenses.

If the Public Procurement Procedure has been cancelled from the reasons caused by the Contracting Authority, the Contracting Authority is obliged to reimburse the Bidder for the costs of making a sample or a model, if they were made in accordance with the Technical Specifications of the Employer, and for the costs of providing collateral, provided that the Bidder asked reimbursement for these costs in his Bid.

If a Bidders submit a Joint Bid, the Group of Bidders may choose that the Form shall be signed by all the Bidders from the group, or a Group of Bidders may name one Bidder from the group which will fill in and sign the Form of Bid Preparation Costs.

Note: submission of this Form is not mandatory.

Date: Signature of the Bidder:

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 124: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 12411 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Form 7

Pursuant to Article 26 of the Law, ____________________________ (name of the Bidder), I give the following

STATEMENT ON INDEPENDENT BID

Under full material and criminal liability I hereby certify that in the Public Procurement Procedure , Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik, No. 137 ОР/19, I have submitted a Bid independently, without any agreement with other Bidders or Stakeholders.

Date: Signature of the Bidder:

Note: In case of a reasonable doubt with regard to the accuracy of the Statement on Independent Bid, the Employer shall immediately inform the relevant Competition Protection Body. The Body competent for the Protection of Competition may ban the Bidder, i.e. the Stakeholder, from bidding in the Public Procurement Procedure if it establishes that the Bidder, i.e. the Stakeholder has violated competition rules in the Public Procurement Procedure in accordance with the Law governing Competition Protection. The ban from participating in a Public Procurement Procedure may last for up to two years. Violation of competition constitutes a negative reference, in accordance with Article 82, paragraph 1, item 2) of the Law.

If the Bid is submitted by a Group of Bidders, the Statement must be signed by the authorized representative of each Bidder from the Group of Bidders.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 125: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 12511 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Form 8

STATEMENT ON CONFORMITY WITH ARTICLE 75, PARAGRAPH 2 OF THE LAW

Regarding Article 75, paragraph 2 of the Law on Public Procurement, as the representative of the Bidder, I am hereby making the following

STATEMENT

The Bidder _________________________________ (name of the Bidder) in the Public Procurement Procedure, Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik, No. 137 ОР/19, has complied with all the obligations arising from the valid Regulations on Safety at Work, Employment and Working Conditions, Environmental Protection, and I guarantee that I do not have a ban on performing the activity that is in force at the time of submission of the bid.

Date: Signature of the Bidder:

Note: If the Bid is submitted by a Group of Bidders, the Statement must be signed by the authorized representative of each Bidder in the Group of Bidders.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 126: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 12611 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Form 9

REFERENCE LIST

Public Procurement No. 137 OР/19(submit a reference list for last 3 years–2016/17/18)

No. Referent PurchaserAddress

Contact personPhone number

Number and Subject of the Contract

Pipe diameter /Total length

Period of Contractimplementation

Attachment: Photocopy of the Employer's certificate specified in the reference list.This Form shall be copied in sufficient number of copies.

Signature of Bidder’s authorized representative:

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 127: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 12711 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Form 9a

REFERENCE LIST

Public Procurement No. 137 OР/19(submit a reference list for last 8 years–2011/12/13/14/15/16/17/18)

No. Referent PurchaserAddress

Contact personPhone number

Number and Subject of the

Contract

Works regarding measurement, regulation, management for the construction of remote

monitoring and control systems based on the application of the redundant SIMATIC

S7-400H (“fault tolerant” ) and SCADA Siprocs visualization and control software,

on thermal power plants (heat sources, district heating pump stations) installed thermal power over 50 MW, minimum 2

(two) contracts

Period of Contract

implementation

Attachment: Photocopy of the Employer's certificate specified in the reference list.This Form shall be copied in sufficient number of copies.

Signature of Bidder’s authorized representative:

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik

Page 128: nabavke.beoelektrane.rsnabavke.beoelektrane.rs/...document-09c89e76cd1a.docx  · Web viewPursuant to Article 32 and 61 of the Law on Public Procurement (“Official Gazette of the

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANY “BEOGRADSKE ELEKTRANE” 12811 Savski nasip Street, New Belgradewww.beoelektrane.rs

Attachment 1

MANUFACTURER’S AUTHORIZATION FORM

TO: PUC Beogradske elektrane (Date)Savski nasip 1111070 Novi BeogradSerbia

__________________________________________________________________________________(name of Manufacturer)

who is official Manufacturer of the following Goods:

__________________________________________________________________________________(title / or description of Goods)

having factories at __________________________________________________________________(name, place, and address of the factory)

do hereby authorize _________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________(name and address of the authorized representative)

in my own or the name of the manufacturer submit a Bid for the Public Procurement No. 137 OР/19, and sign Contract with Employer the above-mentioned Goods.

Signature of the Manufacturer’s authorized person

NOTE: This letter of authorization should be on the letterhead of the Manufacturer and/or Manufacturer’s representative office, and shall be signed by a person with the proper authority to sign.

Public Procurement No. 137 ОР/19 - Construction of transport system for transmission of heat energy from facility for combined production of heat and power in Vinca to Heating Plant Konjarnik